1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw___float128: 112 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 113 case tok::kw_bool: 114 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 115 case tok::kw___auto_type: 116 return true; 117 118 case tok::annot_typename: 119 case tok::kw_char16_t: 120 case tok::kw_char32_t: 121 case tok::kw_typeof: 122 case tok::annot_decltype: 123 case tok::kw_decltype: 124 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 125 126 default: 127 break; 128 } 129 130 return false; 131 } 132 133 namespace { 134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 135 NotFound, 136 FoundNonType, 137 FoundType 138 }; 139 } // end anonymous namespace 140 141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 142 /// dependent class. 143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 147 SourceLocation NameLoc, 148 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 149 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 150 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 151 // Look for type decls in base classes. 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 153 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 154 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 155 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 156 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 157 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 158 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 159 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 160 // templates. 161 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 162 continue; 163 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 164 if (!TD) 165 continue; 166 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 167 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 168 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 171 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 172 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 173 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 174 BaseRD = PS; 175 } 176 } 177 } 178 if (BaseRD) { 179 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 180 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 181 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 } 184 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 185 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 186 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 187 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 188 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 189 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 190 break; 191 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 192 break; 193 } 194 } 195 } 196 } 197 198 return FoundTypeDecl; 199 } 200 201 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 202 const IdentifierInfo &II, 203 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 204 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 205 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 206 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 207 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 208 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 209 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 210 DC = DC->getParent()) { 211 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 212 // templates. 213 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 214 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 215 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 216 } 217 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 218 return nullptr; 219 220 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 221 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 222 // lookup during template instantiation. 223 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 224 225 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 226 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 227 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 228 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 229 230 CXXScopeSpec SS; 231 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 232 233 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 234 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 235 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 236 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 237 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 238 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 239 } 240 241 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 242 /// return the declaration of that type. 243 /// 244 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 245 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 246 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 247 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 248 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 249 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 250 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 251 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 252 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 253 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 254 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 255 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 256 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 257 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 258 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 259 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 260 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 261 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 262 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 263 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 264 265 if (!LookupCtx) { 266 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 267 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 268 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 269 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 270 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 271 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 272 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 273 // 274 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 275 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 276 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 277 return nullptr; 278 279 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 280 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 281 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 282 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 283 284 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 285 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 286 II, NameLoc); 287 return ParsedType::make(T); 288 } 289 290 return nullptr; 291 } 292 293 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 294 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 295 return nullptr; 296 } 297 298 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 299 // lookup for class-names. 300 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 301 LookupOrdinaryName; 302 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 303 if (LookupCtx) { 304 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 305 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 306 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 307 // nested-name-specifier. 308 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 309 310 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 311 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 312 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 313 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 314 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 315 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 316 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 317 LookupName(Result, S); 318 } 319 } else { 320 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 321 LookupName(Result, S); 322 323 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 324 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 325 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 326 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 327 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 328 return TypeInBase; 329 } 330 } 331 332 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 333 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 334 case LookupResult::NotFound: 335 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 336 if (CorrectedII) { 337 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 338 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 339 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 340 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 341 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 342 TemplateTy Template; 343 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 344 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 345 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 346 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 347 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 348 if (SS && NNS) { 349 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 350 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 351 } 352 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 353 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 354 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 355 // is handled elsewhere). 356 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 357 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 358 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 359 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 360 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 361 IsCtorOrDtorName, 362 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 363 if (Ty) { 364 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 365 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 366 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 367 if (SS && NNS) 368 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 369 *CorrectedII = NewII; 370 return Ty; 371 } 372 } 373 } 374 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 375 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 376 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 377 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 378 return nullptr; 379 380 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 381 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 382 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 383 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 384 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 385 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 386 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 387 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 388 return nullptr; 389 } 390 391 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 392 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 393 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 394 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 395 if (!IIDecl || 396 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 397 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 398 IIDecl = *Res; 399 } 400 } 401 402 if (!IIDecl) { 403 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 404 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 405 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 406 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 407 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 408 // a type name. 409 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 410 return nullptr; 411 } 412 413 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 414 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 415 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 416 // perform the name lookup again. 417 break; 418 419 case LookupResult::Found: 420 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 421 break; 422 } 423 424 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 425 426 QualType T; 427 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 428 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 429 430 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 431 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 432 433 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 434 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 435 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 436 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 437 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 438 // Construct a type with type-source information. 439 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 440 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 441 442 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 443 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 444 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 445 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 446 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 447 } else { 448 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 449 } 450 } 451 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 452 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 453 if (!HasTrailingDot) 454 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 455 } 456 457 if (T.isNull()) { 458 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 459 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 460 return nullptr; 461 } 462 return ParsedType::make(T); 463 } 464 465 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 466 static NestedNameSpecifier * 467 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 468 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 469 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 470 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 471 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 472 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 473 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 474 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 475 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 476 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 477 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 478 } 479 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 480 } 481 482 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 483 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 484 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 485 /// correctly rejects. 486 static const CXXRecordDecl * 487 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 488 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 489 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 490 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 491 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 492 return MD->getParent(); 493 } 494 return nullptr; 495 } 496 497 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 498 SourceLocation NameLoc, 499 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 500 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 501 502 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 503 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 504 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 505 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 506 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 507 // lookup is retried. 508 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 509 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 510 // name specifiers. 511 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 512 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 513 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 514 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 515 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 516 // instantiation time. 517 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 518 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 519 520 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 521 // template instantiation. 522 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 523 << RD; 524 } else { 525 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 526 return ParsedType(); 527 } 528 529 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 530 531 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 532 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 533 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 534 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 535 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 536 537 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 538 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 539 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 540 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 541 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 542 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 543 } 544 545 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 546 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 547 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 548 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 549 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 550 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 551 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 552 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 553 LookupName(R, S, false); 554 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 555 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 556 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 557 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 558 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 559 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 560 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 561 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 562 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 563 } 564 } 565 566 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 567 } 568 569 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 570 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 571 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 572 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 573 /// @code 574 /// template<class T> class A { 575 /// public: 576 /// typedef int TYPE; 577 /// }; 578 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 579 /// public: 580 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 581 /// }; 582 /// @endcode 583 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 584 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 585 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 586 return true; 587 588 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 589 590 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 591 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 592 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 593 return true; 594 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 595 } 596 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 597 } 598 599 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 600 SourceLocation IILoc, 601 Scope *S, 602 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 603 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 604 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 605 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 606 SuggestedType = nullptr; 607 608 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 609 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 610 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 611 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 612 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 613 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 614 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 615 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 616 // We corrected to a keyword. 617 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 618 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 619 } else { 620 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 621 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 622 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 623 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 624 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 625 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 626 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 627 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 628 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 629 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 630 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 631 } else { 632 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 633 } 634 635 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 636 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 637 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 638 SourceRange(IILoc)); 639 SuggestedType = 640 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 641 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 642 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 643 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 644 } 645 return; 646 } 647 648 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 649 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 650 UnqualifiedId Name; 651 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 652 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 653 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 654 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 655 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 656 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 657 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 658 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 659 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 660 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 661 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 662 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 663 } 664 return; 665 } 666 } 667 668 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 669 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 670 671 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 672 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 673 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 674 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 675 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 676 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 677 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 678 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 679 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 680 681 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 682 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 683 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 684 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 685 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 686 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 687 } else { 688 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 689 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 690 } 691 } 692 693 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 694 /// or 695 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 696 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 697 NextToken.is(tok::less); 698 699 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 700 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 701 return true; 702 703 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 704 return true; 705 } 706 707 return false; 708 } 709 710 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 711 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 712 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 713 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 714 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 715 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 716 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 717 StringRef FixItTagName; 718 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 719 case TTK_Class: 720 FixItTagName = "class "; 721 break; 722 723 case TTK_Enum: 724 FixItTagName = "enum "; 725 break; 726 727 case TTK_Struct: 728 FixItTagName = "struct "; 729 break; 730 731 case TTK_Interface: 732 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 733 break; 734 735 case TTK_Union: 736 FixItTagName = "union "; 737 break; 738 } 739 740 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 741 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 742 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 743 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 744 745 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 746 I != IEnd; ++I) 747 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 748 << Name << TagName; 749 750 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 751 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 752 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 753 return true; 754 } 755 756 return false; 757 } 758 759 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 760 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 761 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 762 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 763 764 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 765 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 766 767 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 768 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 769 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 770 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 771 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 772 } 773 774 Sema::NameClassification 775 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 776 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 777 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 778 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 779 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 780 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 781 782 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 783 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 784 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 785 } 786 787 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 788 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 789 790 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 791 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 792 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 793 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 794 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 795 return TypeInBase; 796 } 797 798 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 799 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 800 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 801 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 802 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 803 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 804 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 805 return E; 806 } 807 808 bool SecondTry = false; 809 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 810 811 Corrected: 812 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 813 case LookupResult::NotFound: 814 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 815 // call. 816 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 817 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 818 // FIXME: Reference? 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 820 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 821 822 // C90 6.3.2.2: 823 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 824 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 825 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 826 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 827 // the function call, the declaration 828 // 829 // extern int identifier (); 830 // 831 // appeared. 832 // 833 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 834 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 835 Result.addDecl(D); 836 Result.resolveKind(); 837 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 838 } 839 } 840 841 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 842 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 843 // "struct", or "union". 844 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 845 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 846 break; 847 } 848 849 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 850 // close to this name. 851 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 852 SecondTry = true; 853 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 854 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 855 &SS, std::move(CCC), 856 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 857 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 858 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 859 860 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 861 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 862 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 863 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 864 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 865 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 866 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 867 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 868 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 869 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 870 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 871 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 872 } 873 874 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 875 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 876 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 877 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 878 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 879 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 880 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 881 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 882 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 883 } 884 885 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 886 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 887 888 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 889 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 890 return Name; 891 892 // Also update the LookupResult... 893 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 894 Result.clear(); 895 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 896 if (FirstDecl) 897 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 898 899 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 900 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 901 // reference the ivar. 902 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 903 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 904 Result.clear(); 905 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 906 return E; 907 } 908 909 goto Corrected; 910 } 911 } 912 913 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 914 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 915 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 916 917 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 918 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 919 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 920 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 921 922 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 923 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 924 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 925 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 926 // qualified by the keyword typename. 927 // 928 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 929 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 930 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 931 // keyword here. 932 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 933 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 934 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 935 } 936 937 case LookupResult::Found: 938 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 939 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 940 break; 941 942 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 943 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 944 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 945 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 946 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 947 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 948 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 949 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 950 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 951 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 952 // ambiguous. 953 // 954 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 955 // so try again after filtering out template names. 956 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 957 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 958 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 959 break; 960 } 961 } 962 963 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 964 return NameClassification::Error(); 965 } 966 967 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 968 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 969 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 970 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 971 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 972 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 973 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 974 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 975 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 976 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 977 978 if (!Result.empty()) { 979 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 980 bool IsVarTemplate; 981 TemplateName Template; 982 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 983 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 984 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 985 Result.end()); 986 } else { 987 TemplateDecl *TD 988 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 989 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 990 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 991 992 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 993 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 994 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 995 TD); 996 else 997 Template = TemplateName(TD); 998 } 999 1000 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1001 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1002 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1003 // to based on which function we selected. 1004 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1005 1006 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1007 } 1008 1009 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1010 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1011 } 1012 } 1013 1014 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1015 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1018 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1019 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1020 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1021 return ParsedType::make(T); 1022 } 1023 1024 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1025 if (!Class) { 1026 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1027 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1028 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1029 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1030 } 1031 1032 if (Class) { 1033 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1034 1035 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1036 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1037 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1038 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1039 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1040 } 1041 1042 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1043 return ParsedType::make(T); 1044 } 1045 1046 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1047 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1048 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1049 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1050 1051 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1052 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1053 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1054 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1055 (NextIsOp && 1056 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1057 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1058 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1059 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1060 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1061 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1062 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1063 return ParsedType::make(T); 1064 } 1065 1066 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1067 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1068 nullptr, S); 1069 1070 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1071 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1072 } 1073 1074 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1075 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1076 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1077 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1078 1079 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1080 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1081 // the context we'll need to return to. 1082 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1083 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1084 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1085 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1086 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1087 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1088 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1089 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1090 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1091 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1092 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1093 1094 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1095 // lexical context. 1096 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1097 return DC; 1098 1099 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1100 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1101 // class is the context we need to return to. 1102 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1103 DC = RD; 1104 1105 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1106 // declared in. 1107 return DC; 1108 } 1109 1110 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1111 } 1112 1113 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1114 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1115 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1116 CurContext = DC; 1117 S->setEntity(DC); 1118 } 1119 1120 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1121 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1122 1123 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1124 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1125 } 1126 1127 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1128 Decl *D) { 1129 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1130 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1131 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1132 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1133 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1134 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1135 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1136 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1137 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1138 return Result; 1139 } 1140 1141 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1142 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1143 } 1144 1145 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1146 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1147 /// 1148 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1149 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1150 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1151 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1152 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1153 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1154 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1155 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1156 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1157 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1158 // namespace. 1159 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1160 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1161 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1162 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1163 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1164 1165 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1166 1167 #ifndef NDEBUG 1168 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1169 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1170 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1171 #endif 1172 1173 CurContext = DC; 1174 S->setEntity(DC); 1175 } 1176 1177 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1178 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1179 1180 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1181 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1182 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1183 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1184 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1185 1186 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1187 // disappear. 1188 } 1189 1190 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1191 // We assume that the caller has already called 1192 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1193 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1194 if (!FD) 1195 return; 1196 1197 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1198 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1199 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1200 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1201 CurContext = FD; 1202 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1203 1204 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1205 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1206 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1207 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1208 S->AddDecl(Param); 1209 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1210 } 1211 } 1212 } 1213 1214 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1215 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1216 // rather than the top-level class. 1217 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1218 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1219 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1220 } 1221 1222 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1223 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1224 /// 1225 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1226 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1227 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1228 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1229 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1230 /// attribute. 1231 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1232 ASTContext &Context) { 1233 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1234 return true; 1235 1236 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1237 return true; 1238 1239 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1240 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1241 } 1242 1243 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1244 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1245 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1246 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1247 // scope. 1248 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1249 S = S->getParent(); 1250 1251 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1252 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1253 // into any context. 1254 if (AddToContext) 1255 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1256 1257 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1258 // are function-local declarations. 1259 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1260 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1261 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1262 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1263 return; 1264 1265 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1266 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1267 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1268 return; 1269 1270 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1271 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1272 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1273 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1274 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1275 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1276 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1277 1278 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1279 break; 1280 } 1281 } 1282 1283 S->AddDecl(D); 1284 1285 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1286 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1287 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1288 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1289 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1290 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1291 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1292 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1293 continue; 1294 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1295 break; 1296 } 1297 1298 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1299 } else { 1300 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1301 } 1302 } 1303 1304 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1305 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1306 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1307 } 1308 1309 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1310 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1311 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1312 } 1313 1314 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1315 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1316 do { 1317 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1318 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1319 return S; 1320 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1321 1322 return nullptr; 1323 } 1324 1325 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1326 DeclContext*, 1327 ASTContext&); 1328 1329 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1330 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1331 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1332 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1333 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1334 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1335 while (F.hasNext()) { 1336 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1337 1338 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1339 continue; 1340 1341 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1342 continue; 1343 1344 F.erase(); 1345 } 1346 1347 F.done(); 1348 } 1349 1350 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1351 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1352 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1353 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1354 } 1355 1356 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1357 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1358 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1359 while (F.hasNext()) 1360 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1361 F.erase(); 1362 1363 F.done(); 1364 } 1365 1366 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1367 /// @code 1368 /// class S { 1369 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1370 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1371 /// }; 1372 /// @endcode 1373 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1374 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1375 // the decl here. 1376 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1377 return false; 1378 1379 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1380 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1381 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1382 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1383 return false; 1384 } 1385 1386 // We need this to handle 1387 // 1388 // typedef struct { 1389 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1390 // } A; 1391 // 1392 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1393 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1394 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1395 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1396 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1397 // not. 1398 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1399 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1400 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1401 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1402 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1403 return true; 1404 } 1405 DC = DC->getParent(); 1406 } 1407 1408 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1409 } 1410 1411 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1412 // these semantics. 1413 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1414 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1415 return false; 1416 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1417 } 1418 1419 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1420 assert(D); 1421 1422 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1423 return false; 1424 1425 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1426 // of members of class templates. 1427 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1428 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1429 return false; 1430 1431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1432 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1433 return false; 1434 1435 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1436 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1437 return false; 1438 } else { 1439 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1440 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1441 return false; 1442 } 1443 1444 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1445 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1446 return false; 1447 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1448 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1449 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1450 // like "inline".) 1451 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1452 return false; 1453 1454 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1455 return false; 1456 1457 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1458 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1459 return false; 1460 1461 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1462 return false; 1463 } else { 1464 return false; 1465 } 1466 1467 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1468 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1469 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1470 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1471 } 1472 1473 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1474 if (!D) 1475 return; 1476 1477 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1478 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1479 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1480 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1481 } 1482 1483 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1484 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1485 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1486 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1487 } 1488 1489 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1490 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1491 } 1492 1493 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1494 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1495 return false; 1496 1497 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1498 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1499 return false; 1500 1501 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1502 return true; 1503 1504 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1505 // functions. 1506 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1507 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1508 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1509 WithinFunction = 1510 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1511 if (!WithinFunction) 1512 return false; 1513 1514 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1515 return true; 1516 1517 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1518 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1519 return false; 1520 1521 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1522 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1523 1524 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1525 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1526 1527 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1528 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1529 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1530 return false; 1531 } 1532 1533 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1534 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1535 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1536 return false; 1537 1538 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1539 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1540 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1541 1542 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1543 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1544 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1545 return false; 1546 1547 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1548 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1549 return false; 1550 1551 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1552 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1553 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1554 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1555 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1556 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1557 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1558 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1559 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1560 return false; 1561 } 1562 } 1563 } 1564 } 1565 1566 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1567 } 1568 1569 return true; 1570 } 1571 1572 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1573 FixItHint &Hint) { 1574 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1575 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1576 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1577 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1578 return; 1579 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1580 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1581 } 1582 } 1583 1584 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1585 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1586 return; 1587 1588 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1589 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1590 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1591 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1592 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1593 } 1594 } 1595 1596 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1597 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1598 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1599 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1600 return; 1601 1602 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1603 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1604 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1605 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1606 return; 1607 } 1608 1609 FixItHint Hint; 1610 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1611 1612 unsigned DiagID; 1613 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1614 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1615 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1616 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1617 else 1618 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1619 1620 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1621 } 1622 1623 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1624 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1625 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1626 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1627 // MS inline assembly label name. 1628 bool Diagnose = false; 1629 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1630 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1631 else 1632 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1633 if (Diagnose) 1634 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1635 } 1636 1637 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1638 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1639 1640 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1641 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1642 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1643 1644 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1645 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1646 1647 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1648 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1649 1650 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1651 1652 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1653 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1654 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1655 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1656 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1657 } 1658 1659 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1660 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1661 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1662 1663 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1664 // already. 1665 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1666 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1667 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1668 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1669 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1670 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1671 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1672 } 1673 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1674 } 1675 } 1676 } 1677 1678 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1679 /// 1680 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1681 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1682 /// to the fixed name. 1683 /// 1684 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1685 /// 1686 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1687 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1688 /// 1689 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1690 /// class could not be found. 1691 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1692 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1693 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1694 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1695 // creation from this context. 1696 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1697 1698 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1699 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1700 // find an Objective-C class name. 1701 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1702 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1703 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1704 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1705 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1706 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1707 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1708 } 1709 } 1710 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1711 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1712 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1713 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1714 return Def; 1715 } 1716 1717 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1718 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1719 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1720 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1721 /// ill-formed in C++: 1722 /// @code 1723 /// struct S6 { 1724 /// enum { BAR } e; 1725 /// }; 1726 /// 1727 /// void test_S6() { 1728 /// struct S6 a; 1729 /// a.e = BAR; 1730 /// } 1731 /// @endcode 1732 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1733 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1734 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1735 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1736 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1737 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1738 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1739 /// contain non-field names. 1740 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1741 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1742 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1743 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1744 S = S->getParent(); 1745 return S; 1746 } 1747 1748 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1749 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1750 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1751 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1752 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1753 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1754 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1755 return; 1756 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1757 1758 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1759 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1760 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1761 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1762 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1763 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1764 } 1765 1766 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1767 switch (Error) { 1768 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1769 return ""; 1770 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1771 return "stdio.h"; 1772 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1773 return "setjmp.h"; 1774 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1775 return "ucontext.h"; 1776 } 1777 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1778 } 1779 1780 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1781 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1782 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1783 /// built-in. 1784 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1785 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1786 SourceLocation Loc) { 1787 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1788 1789 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1790 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1791 if (Error) { 1792 if (ForRedeclaration) 1793 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1794 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1795 return nullptr; 1796 } 1797 1798 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1799 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1800 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1801 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1802 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1803 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1804 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1805 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1806 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1807 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1808 } 1809 1810 if (R.isNull()) 1811 return nullptr; 1812 1813 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1814 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1815 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1816 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1817 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1818 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1819 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1820 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1821 } 1822 1823 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1824 Parent, 1825 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1826 SC_Extern, 1827 false, 1828 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1829 New->setImplicit(); 1830 1831 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1832 // FunctionDecl. 1833 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1834 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1835 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1836 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1837 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1838 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1839 SC_None, nullptr); 1840 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1841 Params.push_back(parm); 1842 } 1843 New->setParams(Params); 1844 } 1845 1846 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1847 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1848 1849 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1850 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1851 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1852 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1853 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1854 CurContext = Parent; 1855 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1856 CurContext = SavedContext; 1857 return New; 1858 } 1859 1860 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1861 /// entity if their types are the same. 1862 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1863 /// isSameEntity. 1864 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1865 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1866 LookupResult &Previous) { 1867 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1868 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1869 return; 1870 1871 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1872 if (Previous.empty()) 1873 return; 1874 1875 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1876 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1877 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1878 1879 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1880 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1881 continue; 1882 1883 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1884 // different linkages. 1885 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1886 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1887 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1888 continue; 1889 1890 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1891 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1892 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1893 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1894 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1895 continue; 1896 } 1897 1898 Filter.erase(); 1899 } 1900 1901 Filter.done(); 1902 } 1903 1904 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1905 QualType OldType; 1906 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1907 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1908 else 1909 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1910 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1911 1912 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1913 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1914 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1915 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1916 << Kind << NewType; 1917 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1918 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1919 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1920 return true; 1921 } 1922 1923 if (OldType != NewType && 1924 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1925 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1926 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1927 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1928 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1929 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1930 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1931 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1932 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1933 return true; 1934 } 1935 return false; 1936 } 1937 1938 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1939 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1940 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1941 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1942 /// 1943 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1944 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1945 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1946 // merging checks. 1947 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1948 1949 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1950 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1951 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1952 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1953 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1954 default: break; 1955 case 2: 1956 { 1957 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1958 break; 1959 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1960 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1961 break; 1962 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1963 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1964 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1965 break; 1966 } 1967 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1968 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1969 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1970 return; 1971 } 1972 case 5: 1973 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1974 break; 1975 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1976 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1977 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1978 return; 1979 case 3: 1980 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1981 break; 1982 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1983 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1984 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1985 return; 1986 } 1987 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1988 } 1989 1990 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1991 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1992 if (!Old) { 1993 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1994 << New->getDeclName(); 1995 1996 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1997 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1998 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1999 2000 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2001 } 2002 2003 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2004 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2005 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2006 2007 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2008 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2009 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2010 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2011 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 2012 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2013 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2014 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2015 // instead of our tag. 2016 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2017 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2018 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2019 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2020 else 2021 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2022 2023 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2024 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 2025 2026 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2027 // out of the scope. 2028 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2029 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2030 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2031 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2032 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2033 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2034 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2035 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2036 } 2037 } 2038 } 2039 } 2040 2041 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2042 // with any extensions enabled. 2043 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2044 return; 2045 2046 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2047 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2048 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2049 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2050 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2051 } 2052 2053 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2054 return; 2055 2056 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2057 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2058 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2059 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2060 // to the type to which it already refers. 2061 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2062 return; 2063 2064 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2065 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2066 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2067 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2068 // 2069 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2070 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2071 // 2072 // struct S { 2073 // typedef struct A { } A; 2074 // }; 2075 // 2076 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2077 // allow the above but disallow 2078 // 2079 // struct S { 2080 // typedef int I; 2081 // typedef int I; 2082 // }; 2083 // 2084 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2085 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2086 return; 2087 2088 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2089 << New->getDeclName(); 2090 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2091 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2092 } 2093 2094 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2095 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2096 return; 2097 2098 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2099 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2100 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2101 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2102 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2103 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2104 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2105 return; 2106 2107 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2108 << New->getDeclName(); 2109 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2110 } 2111 2112 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2113 /// attribute. 2114 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2115 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2116 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2117 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2118 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2119 if (Ann) { 2120 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2121 return true; 2122 continue; 2123 } 2124 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2125 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2126 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2127 return true; 2128 } 2129 2130 return false; 2131 } 2132 2133 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2134 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2135 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2136 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2137 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2138 return true; 2139 } 2140 2141 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2142 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2143 /// 2144 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2145 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2146 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2147 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2148 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2149 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2150 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2151 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2152 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2153 // in a case like: 2154 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2155 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2156 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2157 // definition in such a case. 2158 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2159 return false; 2160 2161 if (I->isAlignas()) 2162 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2163 2164 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2165 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2166 OldAlign = Align; 2167 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2168 } 2169 } 2170 2171 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2172 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2173 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2174 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2175 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2176 return false; 2177 2178 if (I->isAlignas()) 2179 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2180 2181 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2182 if (Align > NewAlign) 2183 NewAlign = Align; 2184 } 2185 2186 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2187 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2188 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2189 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2190 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2191 2192 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2193 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2194 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2195 QualType Ty; 2196 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2197 Ty = VD->getType(); 2198 else 2199 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2200 2201 if (OldAlign == 0) 2202 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2203 if (NewAlign == 0) 2204 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2205 } 2206 2207 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2208 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2209 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2210 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2211 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2212 } 2213 } 2214 2215 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2216 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2217 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2218 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2219 // equivalent alignment. 2220 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2221 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2222 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2223 // have no alignment specifier. 2224 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2225 << OldAlignasAttr; 2226 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2227 << OldAlignasAttr; 2228 } 2229 2230 bool AnyAdded = false; 2231 2232 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2233 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2234 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2235 Clone->setInherited(true); 2236 New->addAttr(Clone); 2237 AnyAdded = true; 2238 } 2239 2240 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2241 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2242 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2243 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2244 Clone->setInherited(true); 2245 New->addAttr(Clone); 2246 AnyAdded = true; 2247 } 2248 2249 return AnyAdded; 2250 } 2251 2252 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2253 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2254 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2255 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2256 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2257 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2258 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2259 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2260 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2261 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2262 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2263 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2264 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2265 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2266 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2267 AA->getDeprecated(), 2268 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2269 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2270 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2271 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2272 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2273 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2274 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2275 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2276 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2277 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2278 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2279 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2280 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2281 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2282 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2283 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2284 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2285 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2286 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2287 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2288 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2289 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2290 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2291 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2292 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2293 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2294 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2295 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2296 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2297 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2298 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2299 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2300 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2301 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2302 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2303 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2304 return false; 2305 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2306 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2307 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2308 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2309 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2310 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2311 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2312 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2313 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2314 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2315 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2316 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2317 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2318 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2319 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2320 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2321 NewAttr = nullptr; 2322 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2323 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2324 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2325 NewAttr = nullptr; 2326 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2327 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2328 UA->getGuid()); 2329 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2330 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2331 2332 if (NewAttr) { 2333 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2334 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2335 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2336 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2337 return true; 2338 } 2339 2340 return false; 2341 } 2342 2343 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2344 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2345 return TD->getDefinition(); 2346 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2347 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2348 if (Def) 2349 return Def; 2350 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2351 } 2352 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2353 return FD->getDefinition(); 2354 return nullptr; 2355 } 2356 2357 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2358 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2359 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2360 return true; 2361 return false; 2362 } 2363 2364 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2365 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2366 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2367 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2368 return; 2369 2370 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2371 if (!Def || Def == New) 2372 return; 2373 2374 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2375 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2376 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2377 2378 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2379 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2380 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2381 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2382 2383 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2384 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2385 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2386 --E; 2387 continue; 2388 } 2389 } else { 2390 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2391 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2392 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2393 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2394 : diag::err_redefinition; 2395 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2396 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2397 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2398 } 2399 ++I; 2400 continue; 2401 } 2402 2403 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2404 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2405 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2406 ++I; 2407 continue; 2408 } 2409 } 2410 2411 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2412 ++I; 2413 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2414 } 2415 2416 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2417 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2418 ++I; 2419 continue; 2420 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2421 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2422 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2423 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2424 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2425 // equivalent alignment. 2426 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2427 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2428 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2429 // have no alignment specifier. 2430 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2431 << AA; 2432 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2433 << AA; 2434 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2435 --E; 2436 continue; 2437 } 2438 } 2439 2440 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2441 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2442 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2443 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2444 --E; 2445 } 2446 } 2447 2448 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2449 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2450 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2451 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2452 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2453 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2454 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2455 } 2456 2457 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2458 return; 2459 2460 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2461 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2462 2463 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2464 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2465 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2466 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2467 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2468 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2469 } 2470 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2471 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2472 // already been ODR-used. 2473 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2474 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2475 } 2476 } 2477 2478 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2479 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2480 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2481 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2482 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2483 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2484 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2485 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2486 << NewTag; 2487 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2488 } 2489 } 2490 } else { 2491 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2492 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2493 } 2494 } 2495 2496 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2497 return; 2498 2499 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2500 2501 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2502 // we process them. 2503 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2504 2505 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2506 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2507 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2508 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2509 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2510 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2511 switch (AMK) { 2512 case AMK_None: 2513 continue; 2514 2515 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2516 case AMK_Override: 2517 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2518 LocalAMK = AMK; 2519 break; 2520 } 2521 } 2522 2523 // Already handled. 2524 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2525 continue; 2526 2527 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2528 foundAny = true; 2529 } 2530 2531 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2532 foundAny = true; 2533 2534 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2535 } 2536 2537 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2538 /// to the new one. 2539 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2540 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2541 Sema &S) { 2542 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2543 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2544 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2545 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2546 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2547 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2548 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2549 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2550 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2551 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2552 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2553 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2554 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2555 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2556 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2557 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2558 } 2559 2560 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2561 return; 2562 2563 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2564 2565 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2566 // done before we process them. 2567 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2568 2569 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2570 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2571 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2572 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2573 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2574 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2575 foundAny = true; 2576 } 2577 } 2578 2579 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2580 } 2581 2582 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2583 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2584 Sema &S) { 2585 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2586 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2587 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2588 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2589 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2590 *Newnullability, 2591 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2592 != 0)) 2593 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2594 *Oldnullability, 2595 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2596 != 0)); 2597 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2598 } 2599 } else { 2600 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2601 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2602 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2603 NewT, NewT); 2604 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2605 } 2606 } 2607 } 2608 2609 namespace { 2610 2611 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2612 /// C. 2613 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2614 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2615 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2616 QualType PromotedType; 2617 }; 2618 2619 } // end anonymous namespace 2620 2621 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2622 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2623 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2624 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2625 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2626 2627 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2628 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2629 2630 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2631 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2632 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2633 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2634 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2635 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2636 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2637 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2638 } 2639 2640 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2641 } 2642 2643 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2644 // declaration, or a declaration. 2645 template <typename T> 2646 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2647 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2648 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2649 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2650 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2651 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2652 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2653 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2654 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2655 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2656 } else 2657 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2658 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2659 } 2660 2661 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2662 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2663 /// GNU89 mode. 2664 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2665 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2666 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2667 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2668 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2669 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2670 } 2671 2672 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2673 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2674 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2675 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2676 return AT; 2677 } 2678 2679 template <typename T> 2680 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2681 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2682 if (DC->isRecord()) 2683 return false; 2684 2685 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2686 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2687 return true; 2688 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2689 return true; 2690 return false; 2691 } 2692 2693 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2694 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2695 2696 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2697 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2698 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2699 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2700 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2701 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2702 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2703 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2704 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2705 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2706 // and function templates; or 2707 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2708 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2709 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2710 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2711 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2712 2713 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2714 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2715 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2716 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2717 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2718 2719 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2720 if (Old && 2721 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2722 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2723 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2724 Old = nullptr; 2725 2726 if (!Old) { 2727 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2728 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2729 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2730 return true; 2731 } 2732 return false; 2733 } 2734 2735 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2736 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2737 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2738 2739 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2740 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2741 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2742 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2743 return true; 2744 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2745 }; 2746 2747 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2748 } 2749 2750 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2751 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2752 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2753 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2754 /// 2755 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2756 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2757 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2758 /// merged with. 2759 /// 2760 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2761 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2762 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2763 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2764 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2765 if (!Old) { 2766 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2767 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2768 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2769 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2770 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2771 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2772 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2773 return true; 2774 } 2775 2776 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2777 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2778 return true; 2779 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2780 } else { 2781 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2782 << New->getDeclName(); 2783 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2784 return true; 2785 } 2786 } 2787 2788 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2789 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2790 return true; 2791 2792 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2793 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2794 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2795 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2796 2797 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2798 // is an extern inline function. 2799 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2800 // storage classes. 2801 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2802 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2803 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2804 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2805 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2806 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2807 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2808 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2809 } else { 2810 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2811 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2812 return true; 2813 } 2814 } 2815 2816 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2817 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2818 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2819 << New->getDeclName(); 2820 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2821 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2822 } 2823 2824 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2825 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2826 // convention of the first. 2827 // 2828 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2829 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2830 // 2831 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2832 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2833 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2834 // 2835 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2836 // other tests to run. 2837 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2838 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2839 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2840 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2841 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2842 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2843 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2844 2845 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2846 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2847 const FunctionType *FT = 2848 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2849 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2850 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2851 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2852 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2853 // there but not here. 2854 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2855 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2856 } else { 2857 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2858 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2859 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2860 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2861 << !FirstCCExplicit 2862 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2863 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2864 2865 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2866 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2867 return true; 2868 } 2869 } 2870 2871 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2872 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2873 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2874 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2875 } 2876 2877 // Merge regparm attribute. 2878 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2879 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2880 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2881 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2882 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2883 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2884 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2885 return true; 2886 } 2887 2888 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2889 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2890 } 2891 2892 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2893 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2894 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2895 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2896 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2897 return true; 2898 } 2899 2900 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2901 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2902 } 2903 2904 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2905 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2906 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2907 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2908 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2909 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2910 } 2911 2912 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2913 // UndefinedButUsed. 2914 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2915 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2916 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2917 Old->isUsed(false) && 2918 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2919 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2920 SourceLocation())); 2921 2922 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2923 // about it. 2924 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2925 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2926 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2927 } 2928 2929 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2930 // redeclaration. 2931 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2932 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2933 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2934 << New->getDeclName(); 2935 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2936 return true; 2937 } 2938 2939 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2940 // C++1z [over.load]p2 2941 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2942 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 2943 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 2944 2945 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 2946 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 2947 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 2948 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 2949 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 2950 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 2951 return true; 2952 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2953 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2954 2955 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2956 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2957 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2958 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2959 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2960 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2961 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2962 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2963 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2964 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2965 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2966 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2967 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2968 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2969 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2970 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2971 QualType ResQT; 2972 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2973 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2974 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2975 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2976 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2977 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2978 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2979 else 2980 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2981 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2982 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2983 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2984 return true; 2985 } 2986 else 2987 NewQType = ResQT; 2988 } 2989 2990 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2991 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2992 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2993 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2994 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2995 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2996 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2997 New->setType( 2998 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2999 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3000 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3001 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3002 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3003 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3004 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3005 } 3006 } 3007 3008 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3009 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3010 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3011 // Preserve triviality. 3012 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3013 3014 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3015 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3016 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3017 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3018 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3019 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3020 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3021 3022 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3023 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3024 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3025 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3026 // is a static member function declaration. 3027 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3028 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3029 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3030 return true; 3031 } 3032 3033 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3034 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3035 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3036 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3037 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 3038 unsigned NewDiag; 3039 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3040 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3041 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3042 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3043 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3044 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3045 else 3046 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3047 3048 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3049 } else { 3050 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3051 << New << New->getType(); 3052 } 3053 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3054 return true; 3055 3056 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3057 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3058 // 3059 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3060 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3061 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3062 if (isFriend) { 3063 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3064 } else { 3065 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3066 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3067 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3068 return true; 3069 } 3070 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3071 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3072 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3073 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3074 return true; 3075 } 3076 } 3077 3078 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3079 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3080 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3081 // attribute. 3082 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3083 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3084 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3085 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3086 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3087 } 3088 3089 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3090 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3091 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3092 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3093 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3094 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3095 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3096 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3097 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3098 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3099 } 3100 3101 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3102 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3103 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3104 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3105 3106 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3107 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3108 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3109 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3110 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3111 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3112 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3113 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3114 } 3115 3116 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3117 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3118 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3119 // 3120 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3121 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3122 // linkage within class scope. 3123 // 3124 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3125 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3126 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3127 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3128 } else { 3129 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3130 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3131 return true; 3132 } 3133 } 3134 3135 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3136 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3137 3138 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3139 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3140 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3141 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3142 // when we instantiate the function. 3143 return false; 3144 } 3145 3146 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3147 } 3148 3149 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3150 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3151 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3152 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3153 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3154 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3155 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3156 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3157 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3158 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3159 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3160 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3161 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3162 NewQType = 3163 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3164 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3165 New->setType(NewQType); 3166 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3167 3168 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3169 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3170 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3171 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3172 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3173 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3174 SC_None, nullptr); 3175 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3176 Param->setImplicit(); 3177 Params.push_back(Param); 3178 } 3179 3180 New->setParams(Params); 3181 } 3182 3183 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3184 } 3185 3186 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3187 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3188 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3189 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3190 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3191 // the prototype. 3192 // 3193 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3194 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3195 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3196 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3197 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3198 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3199 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3200 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3201 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3202 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3203 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3204 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3205 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3206 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3207 3208 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3209 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3210 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3211 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3212 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3213 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3214 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3215 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3216 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3217 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3218 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3219 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3220 NewParm->getType(), 3221 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3222 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3223 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3224 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3225 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3226 } else 3227 LooseCompatible = false; 3228 } 3229 3230 if (LooseCompatible) { 3231 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3232 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3233 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3234 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3235 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3236 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3237 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3238 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3239 } 3240 3241 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3242 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3243 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3244 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3245 } 3246 3247 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3248 } 3249 3250 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3251 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3252 3253 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3254 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3255 unsigned BuiltinID; 3256 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3257 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3258 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3259 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3260 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3261 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3262 << Old << Old->getType(); 3263 3264 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3265 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3266 // 3267 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3268 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3269 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3270 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3271 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3272 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3273 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3274 3275 return false; 3276 } 3277 3278 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3279 } 3280 3281 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3282 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3283 return true; 3284 } 3285 3286 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3287 /// known to be compatible. 3288 /// 3289 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3290 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3291 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3292 /// redeclaration of Old. 3293 /// 3294 /// \returns false 3295 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3296 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3297 // Merge the attributes 3298 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3299 3300 // Merge "pure" flag. 3301 if (Old->isPure()) 3302 New->setPure(); 3303 3304 // Merge "used" flag. 3305 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3306 New->setIsUsed(); 3307 3308 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3309 // declarations. 3310 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3311 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3312 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3313 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3314 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3315 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3316 } 3317 3318 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3319 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3320 3321 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3322 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3323 // was visible. 3324 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3325 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3326 New->setType(Merged); 3327 3328 return false; 3329 } 3330 3331 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3332 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3333 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3334 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3335 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3336 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3337 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3338 : AMK_Override; 3339 3340 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3341 3342 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3343 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3344 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3345 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3346 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3347 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3348 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3349 3350 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3351 } 3352 3353 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3354 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3355 3356 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3357 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3358 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3359 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3360 3361 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3362 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3363 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3364 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3365 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3366 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3367 } 3368 3369 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3370 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3371 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3372 /// 3373 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3374 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3375 /// is attached. 3376 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3377 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3378 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3379 return; 3380 3381 QualType MergedT; 3382 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3383 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3384 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3385 return; 3386 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3387 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3388 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3389 } 3390 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3391 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3392 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3393 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3394 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3395 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3396 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3397 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3398 3399 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3400 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3401 // mismatch. 3402 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3403 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3404 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3405 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3406 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3407 continue; 3408 3409 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3410 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3411 } 3412 } 3413 3414 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3415 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3416 NewArray->getElementType())) 3417 MergedT = New->getType(); 3418 } 3419 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3420 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3421 // visible. 3422 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3423 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3424 NewArray->getElementType())) 3425 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3426 } 3427 } 3428 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3429 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3430 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3431 Old->getType()); 3432 } 3433 } else { 3434 // C 6.2.7p2: 3435 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3436 // compatible type. 3437 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3438 } 3439 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3440 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3441 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3442 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3443 // equivalent. 3444 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3445 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3446 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3447 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3448 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3449 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3450 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3451 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3452 return; 3453 } 3454 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3455 } 3456 3457 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3458 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3459 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3460 New->setType(MergedT); 3461 } 3462 3463 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3464 LookupResult &Previous) { 3465 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3466 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3467 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3468 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3469 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3470 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3471 // 3472 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3473 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3474 return false; 3475 3476 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3477 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3478 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3479 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3480 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3481 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3482 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3483 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3484 } else { 3485 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3486 // type unless we're in the same function. 3487 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3488 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3489 } 3490 } 3491 3492 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3493 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3494 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3495 /// 3496 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3497 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3498 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3499 /// 3500 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3501 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3502 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3503 return; 3504 3505 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3506 return; 3507 3508 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3509 3510 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3511 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3512 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3513 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3514 if (NewTemplate) { 3515 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3516 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3517 3518 if (auto *Shadow = 3519 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3520 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3521 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3522 } else { 3523 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3524 3525 if (auto *Shadow = 3526 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3527 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3528 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3529 } 3530 } 3531 if (!Old) { 3532 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3533 << New->getDeclName(); 3534 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3535 diag::note_previous_definition); 3536 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3537 } 3538 3539 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3540 if (NewTemplate && 3541 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3542 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3543 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3544 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3545 3546 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3547 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3548 // 3549 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3550 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3551 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3552 << New->getIdentifier(); 3553 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3554 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3555 } 3556 3557 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3558 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3559 // declaration 3560 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3561 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3562 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3563 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3564 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3565 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3566 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3567 } 3568 3569 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3570 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3571 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3572 << New->getDeclName(); 3573 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3574 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3575 } 3576 3577 // Merge the types. 3578 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3579 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3580 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3581 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3582 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3583 return; 3584 } 3585 3586 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3587 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3588 return; 3589 3590 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3591 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3592 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3593 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3594 3595 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3596 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3597 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3598 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3599 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3600 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3601 << New->getDeclName(); 3602 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3603 } else { 3604 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3605 << New->getDeclName(); 3606 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3607 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3608 } 3609 } 3610 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3611 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3612 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3613 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3614 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3615 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3616 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3617 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3618 // identifier has external linkage. 3619 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3620 /* Okay */; 3621 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3622 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3623 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3624 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3625 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3626 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3627 } 3628 3629 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3630 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3631 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3632 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3633 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3634 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3635 } 3636 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3637 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3638 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3639 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3640 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3641 } 3642 3643 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3644 3645 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3646 // need to check for mismatches. 3647 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3648 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3649 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3650 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3651 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3652 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3653 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3654 } 3655 3656 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3657 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3658 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3659 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3660 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3661 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3662 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3663 } 3664 } 3665 3666 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3667 // UndefinedButUsed. 3668 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3669 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3670 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3671 SourceLocation())); 3672 3673 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3674 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3675 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3676 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3677 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3678 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3679 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3680 } else { 3681 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3682 // static and dynamic initialization. 3683 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3684 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3685 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3686 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3687 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3688 } 3689 } 3690 3691 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3692 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3693 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 3694 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3695 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3696 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3697 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3698 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3699 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3700 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 3701 return; 3702 } 3703 } 3704 3705 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3706 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3707 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3708 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3709 return; 3710 } 3711 3712 // Merge "used" flag. 3713 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3714 New->setIsUsed(); 3715 3716 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3717 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3718 if (NewTemplate) 3719 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3720 3721 // Inherit access appropriately. 3722 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3723 if (NewTemplate) 3724 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3725 3726 if (Old->isInline()) 3727 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 3728 } 3729 3730 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 3731 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 3732 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 3733 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 3734 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3735 New->isInline() || 3736 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3737 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3738 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3739 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3740 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 3741 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 3742 3743 // Make the canonical definition visible. 3744 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 3745 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD, New->getLocation()); 3746 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old, New->getLocation()); 3747 return false; 3748 } else { 3749 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3750 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3751 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3752 return true; 3753 } 3754 } 3755 3756 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3757 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3758 Decl * 3759 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3760 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3761 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3762 AnonRecord); 3763 } 3764 3765 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3766 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3767 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3768 // compatibility. 3769 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3770 // targeted. 3771 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3772 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3773 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3774 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3775 } 3776 3777 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3778 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3779 return; 3780 3781 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3782 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3783 // it is anonymous. 3784 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3785 return; 3786 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3787 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3788 Context.setManglingNumber( 3789 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3790 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3791 return; 3792 } 3793 3794 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3795 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3796 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3797 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3798 Context.setManglingNumber( 3799 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3800 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3801 } 3802 } 3803 3804 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3805 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3806 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3807 return; 3808 3809 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3810 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3811 return; 3812 3813 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3814 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3815 3816 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3817 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3818 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3820 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3821 return; 3822 } 3823 3824 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3825 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3826 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3827 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3828 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3829 // for how to handle it. 3830 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3831 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3832 3833 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3834 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3835 3836 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3837 textToInsert += ' '; 3838 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3839 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3840 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3841 return; 3842 } 3843 3844 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3845 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3846 } 3847 3848 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3849 switch (T) { 3850 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3851 return 0; 3852 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3853 return 1; 3854 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3855 return 2; 3856 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3857 return 3; 3858 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3859 return 4; 3860 default: 3861 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3862 } 3863 } 3864 3865 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3866 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3867 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3868 Decl * 3869 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3870 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3871 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3872 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3873 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3874 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3875 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3876 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3877 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3878 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3879 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3880 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3881 3882 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3883 return nullptr; 3884 3885 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3886 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3887 // it's a Type. 3888 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3889 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3890 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3891 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3892 } 3893 3894 if (Tag) { 3895 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3896 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3897 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3898 return Tag; 3899 } 3900 3901 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3902 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3903 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3904 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3905 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3906 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3907 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3908 } 3909 3910 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 3911 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 3912 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 3913 3914 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3915 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3916 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3917 if (Tag) 3918 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3919 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3920 else 3921 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3922 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3923 return TagD; 3924 } 3925 3926 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3927 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3928 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3929 // its initializer. 3930 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3931 return TagD; 3932 } 3933 3934 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3935 3936 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3937 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3938 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3939 if (TagD && !Tag) 3940 return nullptr; 3941 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3942 } 3943 3944 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3945 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3946 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3947 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3948 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 3949 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 3950 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3951 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3952 // or an explicit specialization. 3953 // 3954 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 3955 // obvious intent of DR1819. 3956 // 3957 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3958 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3959 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3960 return nullptr; 3961 } 3962 3963 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3964 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3965 3966 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3967 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3968 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3969 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3970 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3971 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 3972 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 3973 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 3974 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 3975 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 3976 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 3977 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 3978 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 3979 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3980 AnonRecord = Record; 3981 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3982 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3983 } 3984 3985 DeclaresAnything = false; 3986 } 3987 } 3988 3989 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3990 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3991 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3992 // 3993 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3994 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3995 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3996 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3997 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3998 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3999 // struct STRUCT; 4000 // union UNION; 4001 // and 4002 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4003 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4004 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4005 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4006 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4007 if (Tag) 4008 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4009 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4010 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4011 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4012 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4013 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4014 4015 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4016 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4017 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4018 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4019 } 4020 4021 DeclaresAnything = false; 4022 } 4023 } 4024 4025 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4026 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4027 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4028 return TagD; 4029 4030 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4031 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4032 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4033 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4034 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4035 DeclaresAnything = false; 4036 4037 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4038 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4039 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4040 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4041 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4042 else 4043 DeclaresAnything = false; 4044 } 4045 4046 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4047 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4048 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4049 << Tag->getTagKind() 4050 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4051 4052 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4053 4054 // C 6.7/2: 4055 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4056 // or the members of an enumeration. 4057 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4058 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4059 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4060 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4061 // previous declaration. 4062 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4063 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4064 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4065 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4066 return TagD; 4067 } 4068 4069 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4070 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4071 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4072 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4073 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4074 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4075 // 4076 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4077 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4078 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4079 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4080 4081 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4082 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4083 // useless. 4084 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4085 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4086 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4087 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4088 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4089 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4090 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4091 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4092 } 4093 4094 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4095 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4096 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4097 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4098 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4099 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4100 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4101 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4102 // Restrict is covered above. 4103 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4104 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4105 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4106 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4107 } 4108 4109 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4110 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4111 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4112 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4113 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4114 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4115 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4116 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4117 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4118 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4119 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4120 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4121 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4122 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4123 } 4124 } 4125 4126 return TagD; 4127 } 4128 4129 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4130 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4131 /// 4132 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4133 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4134 Scope *S, 4135 DeclContext *Owner, 4136 DeclarationName Name, 4137 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4138 bool IsUnion) { 4139 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4140 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4141 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4142 4143 // Pick a representative declaration. 4144 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4145 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4146 4147 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4148 return false; 4149 4150 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4151 << IsUnion << Name; 4152 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4153 4154 return true; 4155 } 4156 4157 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4158 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4159 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4160 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4161 /// struct, e.g., 4162 /// 4163 /// @code 4164 /// union { 4165 /// int i; 4166 /// float f; 4167 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4168 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4169 /// @endcode 4170 /// 4171 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4172 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4173 static bool 4174 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4175 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4176 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4177 bool Invalid = false; 4178 4179 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4180 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4181 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4182 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4183 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4184 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4185 VD->getLocation(), 4186 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4187 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4188 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4189 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4190 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4191 Invalid = true; 4192 } else { 4193 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4194 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4195 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4196 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4197 // anonymous union is declared. 4198 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4199 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4200 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4201 else 4202 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4203 4204 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4205 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4206 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4207 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4208 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4209 4210 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4211 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4212 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4213 4214 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4215 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4216 4217 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4218 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4219 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4220 4221 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4222 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4223 4224 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4225 } 4226 } 4227 } 4228 4229 return Invalid; 4230 } 4231 4232 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4233 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4234 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4235 static StorageClass 4236 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4237 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4238 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4239 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4240 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4241 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4242 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4243 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4244 return SC_None; 4245 return SC_Extern; 4246 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4247 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4248 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4249 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4250 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4251 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4252 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4253 } 4254 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4255 } 4256 4257 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4258 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4259 4260 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4261 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4262 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4263 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4264 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4265 return FD->getLocation(); 4266 } 4267 4268 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4269 } 4270 4271 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4272 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4273 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4274 return; 4275 4276 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4277 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4278 } 4279 4280 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4281 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4282 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4283 return; 4284 4285 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4286 } 4287 4288 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4289 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4290 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4291 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4292 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4293 AccessSpecifier AS, 4294 RecordDecl *Record, 4295 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4296 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4297 4298 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4299 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4300 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4301 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4302 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4303 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4304 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4305 4306 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4307 // structs/unions. 4308 bool Invalid = false; 4309 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4310 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4311 unsigned DiagID; 4312 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4313 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4314 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4315 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4316 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4317 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4318 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4319 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4320 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4321 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4322 4323 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4324 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4325 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4326 } 4327 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4328 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4329 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4330 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4331 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4332 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4333 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4334 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4335 4336 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4337 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4338 SourceLocation(), 4339 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4340 } 4341 } 4342 4343 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4344 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4345 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4346 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4347 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4348 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4349 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4350 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4351 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4352 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4353 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4354 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4355 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4356 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4357 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4358 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4359 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4360 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4361 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4362 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4363 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4364 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4365 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4366 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4367 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4368 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4369 4370 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4371 } 4372 4373 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4374 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4375 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4376 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4377 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4378 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4379 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4380 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4381 // members (clause 11). 4382 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4383 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4384 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4385 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4386 Invalid = true; 4387 } 4388 4389 // C++ [class.union]p1 4390 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4391 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4392 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4393 // array of such objects. 4394 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4395 Invalid = true; 4396 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4397 // Any implicit members are fine. 4398 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4399 // This is a type that showed up in an 4400 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4401 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4402 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4403 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4404 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4405 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4406 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4407 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4408 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4409 << Record->isUnion(); 4410 else { 4411 // This is a nested type declaration. 4412 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4413 << Record->isUnion(); 4414 Invalid = true; 4415 } 4416 } else { 4417 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4418 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4419 // not part of standard C++. 4420 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4421 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4422 << Record->isUnion(); 4423 } 4424 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4425 // Any access specifier is fine. 4426 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4427 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4428 } else { 4429 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4430 // member. Complain about it. 4431 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4432 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4433 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4434 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4435 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4436 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4437 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4438 4439 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4440 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4441 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4442 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4443 << Record->isUnion(); 4444 else { 4445 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4446 Invalid = true; 4447 } 4448 } 4449 } 4450 4451 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4452 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4453 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4454 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4455 Owner->isRecord()) 4456 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4457 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4458 } 4459 4460 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4461 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4462 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4463 Invalid = true; 4464 } 4465 4466 // Mock up a declarator. 4467 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4468 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4469 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4470 4471 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4472 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4473 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4474 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4475 DS.getLocStart(), 4476 Record->getLocation(), 4477 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4478 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4479 TInfo, 4480 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4481 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4482 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4483 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4484 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4485 } else { 4486 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4487 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4488 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4489 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4490 // an error here 4491 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4492 Invalid = true; 4493 SC = SC_None; 4494 } 4495 4496 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4497 DS.getLocStart(), 4498 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4499 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4500 TInfo, SC); 4501 4502 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4503 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4504 // initializer: 4505 // union { int n = 0; }; 4506 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4507 } 4508 Anon->setImplicit(); 4509 4510 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4511 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4512 4513 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4514 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4515 // its members. 4516 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4517 4518 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4519 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4520 // purposes. 4521 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4522 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4523 4524 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4525 Invalid = true; 4526 4527 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4528 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4529 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4530 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4531 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4532 Context.setManglingNumber( 4533 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4534 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4535 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4536 } 4537 } 4538 } 4539 4540 if (Invalid) 4541 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4542 4543 return Anon; 4544 } 4545 4546 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4547 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4548 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4549 /// Example: 4550 /// 4551 /// struct A { int a; }; 4552 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4553 /// 4554 /// void foo() { 4555 /// B var; 4556 /// var.a = 3; 4557 /// } 4558 /// 4559 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4560 RecordDecl *Record) { 4561 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4562 4563 // Mock up a declarator. 4564 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4565 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4566 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4567 4568 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4569 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4570 4571 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4572 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4573 ParentDecl, 4574 DS.getLocStart(), 4575 DS.getLocStart(), 4576 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4577 RecTy, 4578 TInfo, 4579 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4580 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4581 Anon->setImplicit(); 4582 4583 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4584 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4585 4586 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4587 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4588 // purposes. 4589 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4590 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4591 4592 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4593 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4594 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4595 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4596 AS_none, Chain)) { 4597 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4598 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4599 } 4600 4601 return Anon; 4602 } 4603 4604 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4605 /// given Declarator. 4606 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4607 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4608 } 4609 4610 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4611 DeclarationNameInfo 4612 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4613 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4614 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4615 4616 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4617 4618 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4619 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4620 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4621 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4622 return NameInfo; 4623 4624 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4625 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4626 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4627 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4628 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4629 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4630 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4631 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4632 return NameInfo; 4633 4634 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4635 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4636 Name.Identifier)); 4637 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4638 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4639 return NameInfo; 4640 4641 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4642 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4643 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4644 if (Ty.isNull()) 4645 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4646 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4647 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4648 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4649 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4650 return NameInfo; 4651 } 4652 4653 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4654 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4655 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4656 if (Ty.isNull()) 4657 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4658 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4659 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4660 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4661 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4662 return NameInfo; 4663 } 4664 4665 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4666 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4667 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4668 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4669 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4670 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4671 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4672 4673 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4674 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4675 4676 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4677 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4678 // was qualified. 4679 4680 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4681 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4682 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4683 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4684 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4685 return NameInfo; 4686 } 4687 4688 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4689 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4690 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4691 if (Ty.isNull()) 4692 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4693 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4694 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4695 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4696 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4697 return NameInfo; 4698 } 4699 4700 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4701 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4702 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4703 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4704 } 4705 4706 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4707 4708 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4709 } 4710 4711 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4712 do { 4713 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4714 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4715 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4716 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4717 else 4718 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4719 } while (true); 4720 } 4721 4722 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4723 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4724 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4725 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4726 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4727 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4728 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4729 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4730 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4731 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4732 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4733 Params.clear(); 4734 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4735 return false; 4736 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4737 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4738 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4739 4740 // The parameter types are identical 4741 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4742 continue; 4743 4744 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4745 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4746 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4747 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4748 4749 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4750 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4751 Params.push_back(Idx); 4752 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4753 return false; 4754 } 4755 4756 return true; 4757 } 4758 4759 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4760 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4761 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4762 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4763 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4764 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4765 DeclarationName Name) { 4766 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4767 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4768 // - types which will become injected class names 4769 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4770 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4771 // few cases here. 4772 4773 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4774 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4775 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4776 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4777 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4778 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4779 // Grab the type from the parser. 4780 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4781 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4782 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4783 4784 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4785 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4786 // attached already. 4787 if (!TSI) 4788 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4789 4790 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4791 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4792 if (!TSI) return true; 4793 4794 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4795 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4796 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4797 break; 4798 } 4799 4800 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4801 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4802 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4803 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4804 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4805 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4806 break; 4807 } 4808 4809 default: 4810 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4811 break; 4812 } 4813 4814 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4815 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4816 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4817 4818 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4819 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4820 // pointer. 4821 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4822 continue; 4823 4824 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4825 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4826 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4827 return true; 4828 } 4829 4830 return false; 4831 } 4832 4833 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4834 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4835 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4836 4837 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4838 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4839 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4840 4841 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 4842 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 4843 4844 return Dcl; 4845 } 4846 4847 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4848 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4849 /// name different from T: 4850 /// - every static data member of class T; 4851 /// - every member function of class T 4852 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4853 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4854 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4855 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4856 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4857 4858 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4859 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4860 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4861 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4862 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4863 return true; 4864 } 4865 4866 return false; 4867 } 4868 4869 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4870 /// nested-name-specifier. 4871 /// 4872 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4873 /// 4874 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4875 /// resolves. 4876 /// 4877 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4878 /// 4879 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4880 /// 4881 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4882 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4883 DeclarationName Name, 4884 SourceLocation Loc) { 4885 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4886 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4887 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4888 4889 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4890 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4891 // 4892 // class X { 4893 // void X::f(); 4894 // }; 4895 // 4896 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4897 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4898 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4899 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4900 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4901 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4902 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4903 SS.clear(); 4904 } else { 4905 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4906 } 4907 return false; 4908 } 4909 4910 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4911 // declaration. 4912 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4913 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4914 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4915 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4916 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4917 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4918 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4919 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4920 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4921 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4922 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4923 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4924 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4925 else 4926 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4927 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4928 4929 return true; 4930 } 4931 4932 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4933 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4934 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4935 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4936 SS.clear(); 4937 4938 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4939 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4940 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4941 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4942 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4943 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4944 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4945 return true; 4946 4947 return false; 4948 } 4949 4950 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4951 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4952 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4953 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4954 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4955 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4956 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4957 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4958 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4959 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4960 4961 return false; 4962 } 4963 4964 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4965 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4966 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4967 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4968 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4969 4970 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4971 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4972 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 4973 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 4974 } else if (!Name) { 4975 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4976 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4977 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4978 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4979 return nullptr; 4980 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4981 return nullptr; 4982 4983 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4984 // we find one that is. 4985 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4986 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4987 S = S->getParent(); 4988 4989 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4990 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4991 D.setInvalidType(); 4992 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4993 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4994 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4995 return nullptr; 4996 4997 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4998 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4999 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5000 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5001 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5002 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5003 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5004 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5005 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5006 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5007 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5008 return nullptr; 5009 } 5010 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5011 5012 if (!IsDependentContext && 5013 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5014 return nullptr; 5015 5016 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5017 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5018 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5019 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5020 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5021 return nullptr; 5022 } 5023 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5024 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 5025 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 5026 if (DC->isRecord()) 5027 return nullptr; 5028 5029 D.setInvalidType(); 5030 } 5031 } 5032 5033 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5034 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5035 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5036 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5037 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5038 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5039 D.setInvalidType(); 5040 } 5041 } 5042 5043 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5044 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5045 5046 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5047 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 5048 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 5049 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 5050 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5051 return nullptr; 5052 5053 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5054 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5055 D.setInvalidType(); 5056 5057 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5058 ForRedeclaration); 5059 5060 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5061 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5062 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5063 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5064 5065 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5066 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5067 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5068 // 5069 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5070 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5071 // the same name. 5072 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5073 /* Do nothing*/; 5074 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5075 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5076 R->isFunctionType())) { 5077 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5078 CreateBuiltins = 5079 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5080 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5081 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5082 CreateBuiltins = true; 5083 5084 if (IsLinkageLookup) 5085 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5086 5087 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5088 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5089 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5090 5091 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5092 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5093 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5094 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5095 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5096 // thereof; [...] 5097 // 5098 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5099 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5100 // we want to match. For example, given: 5101 // 5102 // class X { 5103 // void f(); 5104 // void f(float); 5105 // }; 5106 // 5107 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5108 // 5109 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5110 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5111 // matches. 5112 5113 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5114 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5115 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5116 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5117 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5118 } 5119 5120 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5121 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5122 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5123 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5124 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5125 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5126 5127 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5128 Previous.clear(); 5129 } 5130 5131 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5132 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5133 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5134 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5135 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5136 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5137 Previous.clear(); 5138 5139 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5140 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5141 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5142 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5143 5144 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5145 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5146 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5147 // template, declared in namespace scope 5148 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5149 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5150 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5151 return nullptr; 5152 } 5153 5154 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5155 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5156 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5157 return nullptr; 5158 } 5159 } 5160 5161 NamedDecl *New; 5162 5163 bool AddToScope = true; 5164 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5165 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5166 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5167 return nullptr; 5168 } 5169 5170 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5171 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5172 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5173 TemplateParamLists, 5174 AddToScope); 5175 } else { 5176 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5177 AddToScope); 5178 } 5179 5180 if (!New) 5181 return nullptr; 5182 5183 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5184 // add it to the scope stack. 5185 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5186 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5187 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5188 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5189 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5190 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5191 if (!AddToContext) 5192 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5193 } 5194 5195 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5196 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5197 5198 return New; 5199 } 5200 5201 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5202 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5203 /// GCC compatibility). 5204 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5205 ASTContext &Context, 5206 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5207 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5208 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5209 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5210 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5211 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5212 SizeIsNegative = false; 5213 Oversized = 0; 5214 5215 if (T->isDependentType()) 5216 return QualType(); 5217 5218 QualifierCollector Qs; 5219 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5220 5221 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5222 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5223 QualType FixedType = 5224 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5225 Oversized); 5226 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5227 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5228 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5229 } 5230 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5231 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5232 QualType FixedType = 5233 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5234 Oversized); 5235 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5236 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5237 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5238 } 5239 5240 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5241 if (!VLATy) 5242 return QualType(); 5243 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5244 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5245 return QualType(); 5246 5247 llvm::APSInt Res; 5248 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5249 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5250 return QualType(); 5251 5252 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5253 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5254 SizeIsNegative = true; 5255 return QualType(); 5256 } 5257 5258 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5259 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5260 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5261 Res); 5262 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5263 Oversized = Res; 5264 return QualType(); 5265 } 5266 5267 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5268 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5269 } 5270 5271 static void 5272 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5273 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5274 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5275 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5276 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5277 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5278 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5279 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5280 return; 5281 } 5282 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5283 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5284 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5285 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5286 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5287 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5288 return; 5289 } 5290 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5291 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5292 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5293 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5294 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5295 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5296 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5297 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5298 } 5299 5300 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5301 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5302 /// GCC compatibility). 5303 static TypeSourceInfo* 5304 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5305 ASTContext &Context, 5306 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5307 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5308 QualType FixedTy 5309 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5310 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5311 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5312 return nullptr; 5313 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5314 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5315 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5316 return FixedTInfo; 5317 } 5318 5319 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5320 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5321 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5322 /// function-scope declarations. 5323 void 5324 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5325 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5326 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5327 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5328 return; 5329 5330 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5331 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5332 } 5333 5334 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5335 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5336 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5337 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5338 } 5339 5340 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5341 /// does not identify a function. 5342 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5343 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5344 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5345 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5346 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5347 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5348 5349 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5350 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5351 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5352 5353 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5354 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5355 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5356 } 5357 5358 NamedDecl* 5359 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5360 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5361 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5362 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5363 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5364 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5365 D.setInvalidType(); 5366 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5367 DC = CurContext; 5368 Previous.clear(); 5369 } 5370 5371 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5372 5373 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5374 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5375 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 5376 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5377 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5378 << 1; 5379 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5380 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5381 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5382 5383 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5384 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5385 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5386 return nullptr; 5387 } 5388 5389 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5390 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5391 5392 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5393 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5394 5395 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5396 5397 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5398 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5399 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5400 return ND; 5401 } 5402 5403 void 5404 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5405 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5406 // then it shall have block scope. 5407 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5408 // that redeclarations will match. 5409 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5410 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5411 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5412 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5413 5414 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5415 bool SizeIsNegative; 5416 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5417 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5418 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5419 SizeIsNegative, 5420 Oversized); 5421 if (FixedTInfo) { 5422 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5423 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5424 } else { 5425 if (SizeIsNegative) 5426 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5427 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5428 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5429 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5430 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5431 << Oversized.toString(10); 5432 else 5433 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5434 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5435 } 5436 } 5437 } 5438 } 5439 5440 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5441 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5442 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5443 NamedDecl* 5444 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5445 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5446 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5447 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5448 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5449 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5450 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5451 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5452 Redeclaration = true; 5453 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5454 } 5455 5456 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5457 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5458 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5459 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5460 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5461 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5462 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5463 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5464 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5465 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5466 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5467 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5468 } 5469 5470 return NewTD; 5471 } 5472 5473 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5474 /// previous declaration. 5475 /// 5476 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5477 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5478 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5479 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5480 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5481 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5482 /// 5483 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5484 /// lookup 5485 /// 5486 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5487 /// declared. 5488 /// 5489 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5490 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5491 static bool 5492 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5493 ASTContext &Context) { 5494 if (!PrevDecl) 5495 return false; 5496 5497 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5498 return false; 5499 5500 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5501 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5502 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5503 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5504 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5505 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5506 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5507 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5508 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5509 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5510 return false; 5511 5512 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5513 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5514 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5515 return false; 5516 5517 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5518 // previous declarations. 5519 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5520 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5521 5522 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5523 // isn't the same function. 5524 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5525 return false; 5526 } 5527 5528 return true; 5529 } 5530 5531 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5532 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5533 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5534 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5535 } 5536 5537 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5538 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5539 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5540 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5541 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5542 unsigned kind = -1U; 5543 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5544 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5545 kind = 0; // __block 5546 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5547 kind = 1; // global 5548 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5549 kind = 3; // ivar 5550 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5551 kind = 2; // field 5552 } 5553 5554 if (kind != -1U) { 5555 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5556 << kind; 5557 } 5558 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5559 // Try to infer lifetime. 5560 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5561 return false; 5562 5563 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5564 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5565 decl->setType(type); 5566 } 5567 5568 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5569 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5570 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5571 var->getTLSKind()) { 5572 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5573 << var->getType(); 5574 return true; 5575 } 5576 } 5577 5578 return false; 5579 } 5580 5581 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5582 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5583 // the wrong linkage. 5584 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5585 5586 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5587 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5588 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5589 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5590 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5591 } 5592 } 5593 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5594 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5595 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5596 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5597 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5598 } 5599 } 5600 5601 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5602 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5603 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5604 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5605 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5606 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5607 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5608 } 5609 } 5610 } 5611 5612 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5613 // It does not apply to functions. 5614 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5615 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5616 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5617 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5618 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5619 } 5620 } 5621 5622 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5623 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5624 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5625 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5626 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5627 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5628 << &ND << Attr; 5629 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5630 } 5631 } 5632 5633 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5634 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5635 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5636 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5637 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5638 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5639 << Attr; 5640 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5641 } 5642 } 5643 5644 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5645 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5646 bool IsSpecialization, 5647 bool IsDefinition) { 5648 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5649 return; 5650 5651 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5652 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5653 if (!IsSpecialization) 5654 IsDefinition = false; 5655 } 5656 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5657 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5658 5659 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5660 return; 5661 5662 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5663 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5664 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5665 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5666 5667 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5668 // inherited attribute instances. 5669 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5670 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5671 5672 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5673 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5674 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5675 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5676 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5677 5678 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5679 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5680 bool JustWarn = false; 5681 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5682 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5683 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5684 JustWarn = true; 5685 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5686 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5687 JustWarn = true; 5688 } 5689 5690 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5691 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5692 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5693 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5694 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5695 JustWarn = false; 5696 5697 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5698 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5699 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5700 << NewDecl 5701 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5702 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5703 if (!JustWarn) { 5704 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5705 return; 5706 } 5707 } 5708 5709 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5710 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5711 // qualified friend declarations or special MSVC extension: in the last case, 5712 // the declaration is treated as if it were marked dllexport. 5713 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5714 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 5715 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5716 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5717 // separately. 5718 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5719 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 5720 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 5721 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5722 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5723 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5724 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5725 } 5726 5727 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5728 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5729 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 5730 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5731 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 5732 << NewDecl; 5733 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5734 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5735 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 5736 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 5737 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 5738 } else { 5739 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5740 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5741 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5742 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5743 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5744 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5745 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5746 } 5747 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 5748 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5749 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5750 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5751 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5752 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5753 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5754 } 5755 } 5756 5757 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5758 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5759 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5760 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5761 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5762 5763 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5764 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5765 5766 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5767 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5768 return false; 5769 5770 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5771 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5772 } 5773 5774 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5775 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5776 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5777 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5778 /// 5779 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5780 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5781 /// 5782 /// For instance: 5783 /// 5784 /// auto x = []{}; 5785 /// 5786 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5787 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5788 /// 5789 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5790 template<typename T> 5791 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5792 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5793 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5794 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5795 return false; 5796 5797 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 5798 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5799 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5800 return false; 5801 } 5802 return D->isExternC(); 5803 } 5804 5805 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5806 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5807 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5808 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5809 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5810 return true; 5811 if (DC->isRecord()) 5812 return false; 5813 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5814 } 5815 5816 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5817 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5818 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 5819 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5820 return true; 5821 if (DC->isRecord()) 5822 return false; 5823 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5824 } 5825 5826 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5827 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5828 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5829 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5830 return true; 5831 return false; 5832 } 5833 5834 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5835 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5836 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5837 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5838 return true; 5839 5840 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5841 // position to the decl itself. 5842 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5843 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5844 return true; 5845 } 5846 5847 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5848 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5849 } 5850 5851 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5852 /// function-local external declaration. 5853 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5854 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5855 return false; 5856 5857 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5858 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5859 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5860 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5861 return true; 5862 5863 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5864 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5865 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5866 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5867 // 5868 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5869 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5870 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5871 DC = DC->getParent(); 5872 return true; 5873 } 5874 5875 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5876 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5877 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5878 return FD->isExternC(); 5879 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5880 return VD->isExternC(); 5881 5882 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5883 } 5884 5885 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 5886 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5887 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5888 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 5889 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5890 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5891 5892 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5893 5894 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5895 AddToScope = false; 5896 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 5897 // purposes. 5898 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 5899 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 5900 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 5901 Name = II; 5902 } 5903 } else if (!II) { 5904 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5905 << Name; 5906 return nullptr; 5907 } 5908 5909 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5910 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 5911 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 5912 // argument. 5913 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 5914 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5915 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 5916 << R; 5917 D.setInvalidType(); 5918 return nullptr; 5919 } 5920 5921 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 5922 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5923 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 5924 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. 5925 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 5926 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 5927 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5928 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; 5929 D.setInvalidType(); 5930 return nullptr; 5931 } 5932 } 5933 5934 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5935 QualType NR = R; 5936 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5937 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5938 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5939 D.setInvalidType(); 5940 break; 5941 } 5942 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5943 } 5944 5945 if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 5946 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5947 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5948 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5949 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5950 D.setInvalidType(); 5951 } 5952 } 5953 5954 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5955 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5956 // space qualifiers. 5957 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5958 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5959 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5960 } 5961 5962 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 5963 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5964 // address space qualifiers. 5965 if (R->isEventT()) { 5966 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5967 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5968 D.setInvalidType(); 5969 } 5970 } 5971 } 5972 5973 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5974 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5975 5976 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5977 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5978 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5979 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5980 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5981 SC = SC_Extern; 5982 5983 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5984 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5985 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5986 5987 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5988 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5989 // an error here 5990 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5991 D.setInvalidType(); 5992 SC = SC_None; 5993 } 5994 5995 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5996 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5997 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5998 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5999 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6000 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6001 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6002 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6003 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6004 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6005 } 6006 6007 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6008 6009 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6010 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6011 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6012 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6013 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6014 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6015 D.setInvalidType(); 6016 } 6017 } 6018 6019 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 6020 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6021 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6022 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6023 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6024 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6025 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6026 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6027 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6028 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6029 R, TInfo, SC); 6030 6031 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6032 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6033 6034 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6035 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6036 } else { 6037 bool Invalid = false; 6038 6039 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6040 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6041 switch (SC) { 6042 case SC_None: 6043 break; 6044 case SC_Static: 6045 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6046 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6047 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6048 break; 6049 case SC_Auto: 6050 case SC_Register: 6051 case SC_Extern: 6052 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6053 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6054 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6055 // of class members 6056 6057 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6058 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6059 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6060 break; 6061 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6062 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6063 } 6064 } 6065 6066 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6067 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6068 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6069 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6070 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6071 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6072 6073 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6074 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6075 if (RD->isUnion()) 6076 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6077 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6078 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6079 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6080 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6081 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6082 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6083 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6084 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6085 } 6086 } 6087 6088 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6089 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6090 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6091 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6092 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6093 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6094 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6095 : nullptr, 6096 TemplateParamLists, 6097 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 6098 6099 if (TemplateParams) { 6100 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6101 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6102 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6103 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6104 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6105 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6106 << II 6107 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6108 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6109 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6110 } else { 6111 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6112 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6113 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6114 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6115 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6116 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6117 // This is a template declaration. 6118 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6119 6120 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6121 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6122 return nullptr; 6123 6124 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6125 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6126 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6127 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6128 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6129 } 6130 } 6131 } else { 6132 assert( 6133 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6134 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6135 } 6136 6137 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6138 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6139 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6140 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6141 : SourceLocation(); 6142 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6143 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6144 IsPartialSpecialization); 6145 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6146 return nullptr; 6147 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6148 AddToScope = false; 6149 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6150 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6151 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6152 Bindings); 6153 } else 6154 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6155 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6156 6157 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6158 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6159 NewTemplate = 6160 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6161 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6162 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6163 } 6164 6165 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6166 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6167 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6168 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6169 6170 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6171 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6172 if (NewTemplate) 6173 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6174 } 6175 6176 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6177 6178 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6179 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6180 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6181 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6182 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6183 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6184 6185 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6186 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6187 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6188 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6189 // implicitly an inline variable. 6190 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) 6191 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6192 } 6193 6194 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6195 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6196 VTD->setConcept(); 6197 6198 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6199 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6200 // specifiers, [...] 6201 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6202 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6203 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6204 << 0 << 0; 6205 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6206 } 6207 6208 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6209 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6210 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6211 << 0 << 3; 6212 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6213 } 6214 6215 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6216 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6217 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6218 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6219 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6220 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6221 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6222 } 6223 6224 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6225 // following restrictions: 6226 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6227 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6228 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6229 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6230 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6231 } 6232 } 6233 } 6234 6235 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6236 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6237 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6238 << 0; 6239 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6240 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6241 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6242 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6243 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6244 } else { 6245 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6246 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6247 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6248 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6249 } 6250 } 6251 6252 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6253 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6254 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6255 if (NewTemplate) 6256 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6257 6258 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6259 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6260 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6261 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6262 else 6263 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6264 } 6265 6266 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6267 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6268 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6269 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6270 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6271 // explicitly. 6272 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6273 // 'extern'. 6274 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6275 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6276 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6277 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6278 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6279 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6280 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6281 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6282 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6283 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6284 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6285 // error should be ignored. 6286 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6287 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6288 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6289 // to emit any code for it. 6290 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6291 } else 6292 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6293 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6294 } else 6295 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6296 } 6297 6298 // C99 6.7.4p3 6299 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6300 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6301 // thread storage duration... 6302 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6303 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6304 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6305 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6306 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6307 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6308 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6309 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6310 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6311 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6312 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6313 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6314 } 6315 } 6316 6317 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6318 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6319 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6320 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6321 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6322 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6323 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6324 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6325 << 2 6326 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6327 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6328 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6329 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6330 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6331 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6332 else { 6333 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6334 if (NewTemplate) 6335 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6336 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6337 B->setModulePrivate(); 6338 } 6339 } 6340 6341 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6342 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6343 6344 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6345 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6346 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6347 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6348 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6349 // storage [duration]." 6350 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6351 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6352 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6353 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6354 } 6355 } 6356 6357 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6358 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6359 // check the VarDecl itself. 6360 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6361 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6362 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6363 6364 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6365 // retainable type. 6366 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6367 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6368 6369 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6370 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6371 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6372 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6373 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6374 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6375 switch (SC) { 6376 case SC_None: 6377 case SC_Auto: 6378 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6379 break; 6380 case SC_Register: 6381 // Local Named register 6382 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6383 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6384 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6385 break; 6386 case SC_Static: 6387 case SC_Extern: 6388 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6389 break; 6390 } 6391 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6392 // Global Named register 6393 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6394 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6395 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6396 6397 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6398 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6399 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6400 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6401 HasSizeMismatch)) 6402 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6403 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6404 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6405 } 6406 6407 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6408 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6409 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6410 } 6411 } 6412 6413 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6414 Context, Label, 0)); 6415 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6416 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6417 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6418 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6419 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6420 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6421 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6422 } else 6423 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6424 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6425 } 6426 } 6427 6428 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6429 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6430 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6431 6432 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6433 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6434 // declaration has linkage). 6435 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6436 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6437 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6438 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6439 6440 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6441 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6442 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6443 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6444 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6445 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6446 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6447 6448 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6449 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6450 } else { 6451 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6452 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6453 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6454 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6455 6456 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6457 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6458 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6459 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6460 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6461 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6462 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6463 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6464 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6465 Previous.clear(); 6466 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6467 } 6468 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6469 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6470 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6471 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6472 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6473 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6474 } 6475 6476 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6477 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6478 6479 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6480 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6481 // concept definition. 6482 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6483 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6484 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6485 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6486 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6487 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6488 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6489 << 1 /*variable*/ 6490 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6491 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6492 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6493 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6494 } 6495 } 6496 } 6497 6498 if (NewTemplate) { 6499 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6500 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6501 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6502 : nullptr; 6503 6504 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6505 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6506 // template declaration. 6507 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6508 TemplateParams, 6509 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6510 : nullptr, 6511 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6512 DC->isDependentContext()) 6513 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6514 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6515 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6516 6517 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6518 // template, make a note of that. 6519 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6520 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6521 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6522 } 6523 } 6524 6525 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6526 6527 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6528 // the map of such variables. 6529 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6530 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6531 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6532 6533 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6534 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6535 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6536 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6537 Context.setManglingNumber( 6538 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6539 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6540 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6541 } 6542 } 6543 6544 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6545 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6546 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6547 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6548 6549 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6550 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6551 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6552 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6553 6554 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6555 // behavior. 6556 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6557 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6558 } 6559 6560 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6561 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6562 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6563 IsExplicitSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6564 } 6565 6566 if (NewTemplate) { 6567 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6568 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6569 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6570 return NewTemplate; 6571 } 6572 6573 return NewVD; 6574 } 6575 6576 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6577 enum ShadowedDeclKind { SDK_Local, SDK_Global, SDK_StaticMember, SDK_Field }; 6578 6579 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6580 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6581 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6582 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6583 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6584 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6585 } 6586 6587 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 6588 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 6589 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 6590 const VarDecl *VD) { 6591 for (const LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 6592 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 6593 return Capture.getLocation(); 6594 } 6595 return SourceLocation(); 6596 } 6597 6598 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6599 /// -Wshadow. 6600 /// 6601 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6602 /// scope. 6603 /// 6604 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6605 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6606 /// 6607 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6608 // Return if warning is ignored. 6609 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6610 return; 6611 6612 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6613 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6614 return; 6615 6616 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6617 6618 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6619 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6620 return; 6621 6622 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6623 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6624 return; 6625 6626 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6627 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6628 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6629 if (MD->isStatic()) 6630 return; 6631 6632 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6633 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6634 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC) && isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6635 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6636 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6637 D = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 6638 ShadowingDecls.insert({D, FD}); 6639 return; 6640 } 6641 } 6642 6643 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6644 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6645 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6646 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6647 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6648 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6649 ShadowedDecl = I; 6650 break; 6651 } 6652 } 6653 6654 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6655 6656 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 6657 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 6658 if (isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 6659 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 6660 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 6661 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 6662 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 6663 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 6664 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 6665 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 6666 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6667 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 6668 } else { 6669 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 6670 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 6671 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 6672 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back({D, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 6673 return; 6674 } 6675 } 6676 } 6677 } 6678 6679 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6680 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6681 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6682 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6683 return; 6684 6685 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6686 // static data members from base classes? 6687 6688 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6689 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6690 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6691 } 6692 6693 6694 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6695 6696 // Emit warning and note. 6697 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6698 return; 6699 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 6700 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6701 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6702 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 6703 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 6704 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6705 } 6706 6707 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 6708 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 6709 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 6710 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 6711 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 6712 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 6713 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 6714 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6715 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 6716 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 6717 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 6718 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 6719 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 6720 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 6721 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 6722 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 6723 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6724 } 6725 } 6726 6727 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6728 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6729 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6730 return; 6731 6732 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6733 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6734 LookupName(R, S); 6735 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6736 } 6737 6738 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 6739 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 6740 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 6741 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 6742 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 6743 return; 6744 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6745 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 6746 if (!DRE) 6747 return; 6748 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 6749 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 6750 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 6751 return; 6752 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 6753 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6754 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 6755 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 6756 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6757 6758 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 6759 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 6760 } 6761 6762 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6763 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6764 template<typename T> 6765 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6766 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6767 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6768 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6769 6770 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6771 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6772 // declaration. 6773 return false; 6774 } 6775 6776 if (Prev) { 6777 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6778 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6779 // redeclaration. 6780 Previous.clear(); 6781 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6782 return true; 6783 } 6784 6785 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6786 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6787 // declaration. 6788 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6789 return false; 6790 } else { 6791 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6792 // translation unit which might conflict. 6793 if (IsGlobal) { 6794 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6795 IsGlobal = false; 6796 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6797 I != E; ++I) { 6798 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6799 Prev = *I; 6800 break; 6801 } 6802 } 6803 } else { 6804 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6805 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6806 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6807 I != E; ++I) { 6808 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6809 Prev = *I; 6810 break; 6811 } 6812 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6813 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6814 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6815 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6816 // diagnostic. 6817 } 6818 } 6819 6820 if (!Prev) 6821 return false; 6822 } 6823 6824 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6825 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6826 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6827 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6828 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6829 else 6830 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6831 6832 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6833 << IsGlobal << ND; 6834 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6835 << IsGlobal; 6836 return false; 6837 } 6838 6839 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6840 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6841 /// 6842 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6843 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6844 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6845 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6846 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6847 template<typename T> 6848 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6849 LookupResult &Previous) { 6850 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6851 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6852 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6853 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6854 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6855 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6856 Previous.clear(); 6857 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6858 return true; 6859 } 6860 } 6861 return false; 6862 } 6863 6864 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6865 // declaration. 6866 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6867 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6868 6869 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6870 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6871 // in another scope. 6872 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6873 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6874 6875 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6876 return false; 6877 } 6878 6879 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6880 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6881 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6882 return; 6883 6884 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6885 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6886 6887 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6888 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6889 return; 6890 6891 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6892 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6893 6894 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6895 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6896 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6897 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6898 NewVD->setType(T); 6899 } 6900 6901 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6902 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6903 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6904 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6905 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6906 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6907 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6908 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6909 return; 6910 } 6911 6912 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 6913 // scope. 6914 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6915 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 6916 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6917 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6918 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6919 return; 6920 } 6921 6922 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6923 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 6924 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6925 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 6926 return; 6927 } 6928 6929 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 6930 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 6931 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 6932 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6933 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 6934 << 0 /*const*/; 6935 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6936 return; 6937 } 6938 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6939 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 6940 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6941 return; 6942 } 6943 } 6944 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6945 // __constant address space. 6946 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6947 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6948 // address space. 6949 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 6950 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6951 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6952 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6953 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6954 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6955 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 6956 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6957 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6958 << Scope << "global or constant"; 6959 else 6960 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6961 << Scope << "constant"; 6962 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6963 return; 6964 } 6965 } else { 6966 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6967 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6968 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 6969 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6970 return; 6971 } 6972 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6973 // in functions. 6974 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6975 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6976 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6977 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6978 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6979 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6980 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 6981 else 6982 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6983 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 6984 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6985 return; 6986 } 6987 } 6988 } 6989 } 6990 6991 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6992 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6993 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6994 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6995 else { 6996 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6997 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6998 } 6999 } 7000 7001 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7002 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7003 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7004 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7005 7006 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7007 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7008 bool SizeIsNegative; 7009 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7010 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 7011 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 7012 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7013 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7014 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7015 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7016 // int a[10][n]; 7017 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7018 7019 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7020 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7021 << SizeRange; 7022 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7023 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7024 << SizeRange; 7025 else 7026 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7027 << SizeRange; 7028 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7029 return; 7030 } 7031 7032 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7033 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7034 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7035 else 7036 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7037 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7038 return; 7039 } 7040 7041 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7042 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 7043 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7044 } 7045 7046 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7047 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7048 // of objects and functions. 7049 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7050 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7051 << T; 7052 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7053 return; 7054 } 7055 } 7056 7057 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7058 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7059 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7060 return; 7061 } 7062 7063 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7064 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7065 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7066 return; 7067 } 7068 7069 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7070 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7071 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7072 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7073 return; 7074 } 7075 } 7076 7077 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7078 /// declaration. 7079 /// 7080 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7081 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7082 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7083 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7084 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7085 /// 7086 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7087 /// 7088 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7089 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7090 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7091 7092 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7093 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7094 return false; 7095 7096 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7097 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7098 if (Previous.empty() && 7099 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7100 Previous.setShadowed(); 7101 7102 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7103 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7104 return true; 7105 } 7106 return false; 7107 } 7108 7109 namespace { 7110 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7111 Sema *S; 7112 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7113 7114 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7115 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7116 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7117 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7118 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7119 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7120 7121 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7122 7123 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7124 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7125 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7126 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7127 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7128 7129 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7130 } 7131 7132 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7133 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7134 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7135 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7136 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7137 return true; 7138 } 7139 } 7140 7141 return false; 7142 } 7143 }; 7144 7145 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7146 } // end anonymous namespace 7147 7148 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7149 /// overriden methods. 7150 /// 7151 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7152 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7153 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7154 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7155 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7156 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7157 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 7158 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 7159 I != E; ++I) { 7160 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7161 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7162 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7163 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7164 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7165 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7166 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7167 } 7168 } 7169 7170 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7171 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7172 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7173 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7174 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7175 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7176 FOM.Method = MD; 7177 FOM.S = this; 7178 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7179 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7180 bool AddedAny = false; 7181 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7182 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7183 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7184 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7185 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7186 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7187 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7188 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7189 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7190 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7191 AddedAny = true; 7192 } 7193 } 7194 } 7195 } 7196 7197 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7198 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7199 } 7200 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7201 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7202 } 7203 7204 return AddedAny; 7205 } 7206 7207 namespace { 7208 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7209 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7210 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7211 Scope *S; 7212 Declarator &D; 7213 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7214 bool AddToScope; 7215 }; 7216 } // end anonymous namespace 7217 7218 namespace { 7219 7220 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7221 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7222 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7223 public: 7224 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7225 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7226 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7227 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7228 7229 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7230 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7231 return false; 7232 7233 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7234 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7235 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7236 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7237 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7238 7239 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7240 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7241 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7242 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7243 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7244 return true; 7245 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7246 return true; 7247 } 7248 } 7249 } 7250 7251 return false; 7252 } 7253 7254 private: 7255 ASTContext &Context; 7256 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7257 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7258 }; 7259 7260 } // end anonymous namespace 7261 7262 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7263 /// 7264 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7265 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7266 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7267 /// the same name. 7268 /// 7269 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7270 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7271 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7272 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7273 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7274 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7275 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7276 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7277 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7278 TypoCorrection Correction; 7279 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7280 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7281 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7282 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7283 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7284 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7285 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7286 7287 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7288 if (IsLocalFriend) 7289 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7290 else 7291 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7292 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7293 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7294 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7295 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7296 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7297 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7298 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7299 if (FD && 7300 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7301 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7302 // involve a parameter 7303 unsigned ParamNum = 7304 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7305 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7306 } 7307 } 7308 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7309 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7310 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7311 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7312 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7313 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7314 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7315 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7316 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7317 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7318 Previous.clear(); 7319 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7320 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7321 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7322 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7323 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7324 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7325 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7326 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7327 } 7328 } 7329 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7330 7331 NamedDecl *Result; 7332 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7333 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7334 { 7335 // Trap errors. 7336 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7337 7338 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7339 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7340 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7341 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7342 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7343 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7344 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7345 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7346 7347 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7348 Result = nullptr; 7349 } 7350 7351 if (Result) { 7352 // Determine which correction we picked. 7353 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7354 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7355 I != E; ++I) 7356 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7357 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7358 7359 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7360 Correction, 7361 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7362 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7363 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7364 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7365 return Result; 7366 } 7367 7368 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7369 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7370 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7371 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7372 Previous.clear(); 7373 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7374 } 7375 7376 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7377 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7378 7379 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7380 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7381 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7382 7383 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7384 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7385 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7386 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7387 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7388 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7389 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7390 7391 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7392 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7393 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7394 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7395 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7396 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7397 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7398 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7399 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7400 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7401 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7402 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7403 } else 7404 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7405 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7406 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7407 } 7408 return nullptr; 7409 } 7410 7411 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7412 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7413 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7414 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7415 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7416 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7417 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7418 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7419 D.setInvalidType(); 7420 break; 7421 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7422 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7423 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7424 return SC_None; 7425 return SC_Extern; 7426 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7427 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7428 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7429 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7430 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7431 // other than extern 7432 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7433 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7434 diag::err_static_block_func); 7435 break; 7436 } else 7437 return SC_Static; 7438 } 7439 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7440 } 7441 7442 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7443 return SC_None; 7444 } 7445 7446 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7447 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7448 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7449 StorageClass SC, 7450 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7451 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7452 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7453 7454 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7455 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7456 7457 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7458 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7459 // prototype. This true when: 7460 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7461 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7462 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7463 bool HasPrototype = 7464 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7465 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7466 7467 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7468 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7469 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7470 HasPrototype, false); 7471 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7472 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7473 7474 return NewFD; 7475 } 7476 7477 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7478 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7479 7480 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7481 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7482 // the class has been completely parsed. 7483 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7484 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7485 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7486 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7487 D.setInvalidType(); 7488 7489 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7490 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7491 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7492 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7493 7494 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7495 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7496 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7497 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7498 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7499 isConstexpr); 7500 7501 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7502 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7503 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7504 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7505 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7506 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7507 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7508 D.getLocStart(), 7509 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7510 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7511 7512 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7513 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7514 // it yet. 7515 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7516 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7517 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7518 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7519 } 7520 7521 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7522 return NewDD; 7523 7524 } else { 7525 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7526 D.setInvalidType(); 7527 7528 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7529 // code path. 7530 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7531 D.getLocStart(), 7532 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7533 SC, isInline, 7534 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7535 } 7536 7537 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7538 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7539 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7540 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7541 return nullptr; 7542 } 7543 7544 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7545 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7546 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7547 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7548 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7549 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7550 7551 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7552 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7553 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7554 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7555 // constructor if it has no return type). 7556 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7557 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7558 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7559 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7560 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7561 return nullptr; 7562 } 7563 7564 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7565 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7566 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7567 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7568 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7569 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7570 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7571 return Ret; 7572 } else { 7573 bool isFriend = 7574 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7575 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7576 return nullptr; 7577 7578 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7579 // prototype. This true when: 7580 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7581 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7582 D.getLocStart(), 7583 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7584 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7585 } 7586 } 7587 7588 enum OpenCLParamType { 7589 ValidKernelParam, 7590 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7591 PtrKernelParam, 7592 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 7593 InvalidKernelParam, 7594 RecordKernelParam 7595 }; 7596 7597 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 7598 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7599 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7600 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7601 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7602 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 7603 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0) 7604 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 7605 return PtrKernelParam; 7606 } 7607 7608 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7609 // be used as builtin types. 7610 7611 if (PT->isImageType()) 7612 return PtrKernelParam; 7613 7614 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7615 return InvalidKernelParam; 7616 7617 if (PT->isEventT()) 7618 return InvalidKernelParam; 7619 7620 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 7621 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 7622 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 7623 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 7624 return InvalidKernelParam; 7625 7626 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7627 return RecordKernelParam; 7628 7629 return ValidKernelParam; 7630 } 7631 7632 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7633 Sema &S, 7634 Declarator &D, 7635 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7636 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7637 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7638 7639 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7640 // used again 7641 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7642 return; 7643 7644 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 7645 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7646 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7647 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7648 // pointer to a pointer type. 7649 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7650 D.setInvalidType(); 7651 return; 7652 7653 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 7654 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 7655 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 7656 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 7657 // __constant. 7658 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 7659 D.setInvalidType(); 7660 return; 7661 7662 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7663 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7664 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7665 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7666 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7667 7668 case InvalidKernelParam: 7669 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7670 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7671 // of event_t type. 7672 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 7673 // type for any function elsewhere. 7674 if (!PT->isHalfType()) 7675 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7676 D.setInvalidType(); 7677 return; 7678 7679 case PtrKernelParam: 7680 case ValidKernelParam: 7681 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7682 return; 7683 7684 case RecordKernelParam: 7685 break; 7686 } 7687 7688 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7689 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7690 7691 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7692 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7693 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7694 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7695 7696 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7697 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7698 7699 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7700 7701 do { 7702 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7703 if (!Next) { 7704 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7705 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7706 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7707 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7708 7709 continue; 7710 } 7711 7712 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7713 // field itself) to the history stack. 7714 const RecordDecl *RD; 7715 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7716 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7717 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7718 } else { 7719 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7720 } 7721 7722 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7723 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7724 7725 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7726 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7727 7728 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7729 continue; 7730 7731 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 7732 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7733 continue; 7734 7735 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7736 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7737 continue; 7738 } 7739 7740 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7741 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7742 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7743 // union. 7744 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7745 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 7746 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7747 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7748 << PT->isUnionType() 7749 << PT; 7750 } else { 7751 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7752 } 7753 7754 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7755 << PD->getDeclName(); 7756 7757 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7758 // the offending field came from 7759 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7760 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7761 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7762 I != E; ++I) { 7763 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7764 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7765 << OuterField->getType(); 7766 } 7767 7768 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7769 << QT->isPointerType() 7770 << QT; 7771 D.setInvalidType(); 7772 return; 7773 } 7774 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7775 } 7776 7777 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 7778 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 7779 /// nothing. 7780 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 7781 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7782 DC = DC->getParent(); 7783 return DC; 7784 } 7785 7786 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 7787 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 7788 /// nothing. 7789 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 7790 while (S->isClassScope() || 7791 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 7792 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 7793 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 7794 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 7795 S = S->getParent(); 7796 return S; 7797 } 7798 7799 NamedDecl* 7800 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7801 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7802 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7803 bool &AddToScope) { 7804 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7805 7806 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7807 7808 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7809 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7810 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7811 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7812 7813 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7814 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7815 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7816 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7817 7818 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7819 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7820 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7821 7822 bool isFriend = false; 7823 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7824 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7825 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7826 7827 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7828 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7829 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7830 7831 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7832 7833 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7834 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7835 7836 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7837 isVirtualOkay); 7838 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7839 7840 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7841 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7842 7843 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7844 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7845 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7846 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7847 7848 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7849 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7850 7851 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7852 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7853 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7854 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7855 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7856 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7857 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7858 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7859 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7860 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7861 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7862 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7863 } 7864 7865 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7866 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7867 // return true). 7868 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7869 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7870 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7871 NewFD->setPure(true); 7872 7873 // C++ [class.union]p2 7874 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7875 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7876 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7877 } 7878 7879 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7880 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7881 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7882 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7883 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7884 7885 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7886 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7887 bool Invalid = false; 7888 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7889 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7890 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7891 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7892 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7893 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7894 : nullptr, 7895 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7896 Invalid)) { 7897 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7898 // This is a function template 7899 7900 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7901 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7902 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7903 7904 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7905 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7906 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7907 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7908 } 7909 7910 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7911 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7912 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7913 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7914 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7915 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7916 Invalid = true; 7917 } 7918 7919 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7920 NewFD->getLocation(), 7921 Name, TemplateParams, 7922 NewFD); 7923 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7924 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7925 7926 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7927 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7928 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7929 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7930 } 7931 } else { 7932 // This is a function template specialization. 7933 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7934 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7935 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7936 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7937 7938 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7939 if (isFriend) { 7940 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7941 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7942 7943 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7944 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7945 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7946 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7947 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7948 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7949 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7950 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7951 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7952 } 7953 7954 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7955 << Name << RemoveRange 7956 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7957 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7958 } 7959 } 7960 } 7961 else { 7962 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7963 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7964 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7965 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7966 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7967 } 7968 7969 if (Invalid) { 7970 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7971 if (FunctionTemplate) 7972 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7973 } 7974 7975 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7976 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7977 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7978 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7979 // 7980 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7981 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7982 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7983 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7984 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7985 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7986 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7987 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7988 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7989 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7990 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7991 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7992 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7993 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7994 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7995 } else { 7996 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7997 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7998 } 7999 8000 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8001 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 8002 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 8003 } 8004 8005 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8006 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 8007 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 8008 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8009 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 8010 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 8011 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 8012 // thing to do. 8013 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 8014 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 8015 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8016 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8017 QualType Result = 8018 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 8019 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 8020 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 8021 } 8022 8023 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 8024 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 8025 // declaration. 8026 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8027 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8028 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8029 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8030 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8031 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8032 } 8033 } 8034 8035 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8036 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8037 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8038 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8039 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8040 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8041 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8042 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8043 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8044 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8045 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8046 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8047 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8048 // or conversion function. 8049 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8050 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8051 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8052 } 8053 } 8054 8055 if (isConstexpr) { 8056 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8057 // are implicitly inline. 8058 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8059 8060 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8061 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8062 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8063 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 8064 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 8065 } 8066 8067 if (isConcept) { 8068 // This is a function concept. 8069 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8070 FTD->setConcept(); 8071 8072 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8073 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 8074 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8075 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8076 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 8077 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8078 } 8079 8080 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 8081 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 8082 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 8083 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8084 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 8085 SourceRange Range; 8086 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 8087 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 8088 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 8089 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 8090 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8091 } else { 8092 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 8093 } 8094 8095 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8096 // following restrictions: 8097 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 8098 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 8099 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 8100 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8101 } 8102 8103 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8104 // following restrictions: 8105 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 8106 // parameter list. 8107 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 8108 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 8109 } 8110 8111 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 8112 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 8113 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8114 8115 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 8116 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 8117 // specifiers, [...] 8118 if (isInline) { 8119 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8120 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8121 << 1 << 1; 8122 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8123 } 8124 8125 if (isFriend) { 8126 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 8127 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8128 << 1 << 2; 8129 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8130 } 8131 8132 if (isConstexpr) { 8133 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8134 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8135 << 1 << 3; 8136 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8137 } 8138 8139 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8140 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 8141 // template, declared in namespace scope. 8142 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8143 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8144 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 8145 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8146 return NewFD; 8147 } 8148 } 8149 8150 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8151 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8152 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8153 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8154 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8155 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8156 << 0 8157 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8158 } else { 8159 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8160 if (FunctionTemplate) 8161 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8162 } 8163 } 8164 8165 if (isFriend) { 8166 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8167 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8168 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8169 } 8170 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8171 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8172 } 8173 8174 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8175 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8176 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8177 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8178 case FDK_Declaration: 8179 case FDK_Definition: 8180 break; 8181 8182 case FDK_Defaulted: 8183 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8184 break; 8185 8186 case FDK_Deleted: 8187 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8188 break; 8189 } 8190 8191 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8192 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8193 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8194 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8195 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8196 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8197 } 8198 8199 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8200 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8201 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8202 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8203 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8204 // the class. 8205 8206 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8207 // member function definition. 8208 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8209 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8210 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8211 } 8212 8213 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8214 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8215 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8216 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8217 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8218 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8219 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8220 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8221 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8222 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8223 } 8224 8225 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8226 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8227 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8228 isExplicitSpecialization || 8229 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8230 8231 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8232 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8233 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8234 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8235 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8236 SE->getString(), 0)); 8237 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8238 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8239 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8240 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8241 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8242 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8243 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8244 } else 8245 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8246 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8247 } 8248 } 8249 8250 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8251 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8252 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8253 unsigned FTIIdx; 8254 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 8255 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 8256 8257 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8258 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8259 // single void argument. 8260 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8261 // already checks for that case. 8262 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8263 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8264 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8265 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8266 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8267 Params.push_back(Param); 8268 8269 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8270 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8271 } 8272 } 8273 8274 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8275 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 8276 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 8277 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 8278 // the TU. 8279 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 8280 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 8281 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 8282 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 8283 8284 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 8285 // instead. 8286 if (!TD) { 8287 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 8288 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 8289 } 8290 if (!TD) 8291 continue; 8292 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 8293 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 8294 continue; 8295 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 8296 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8297 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 8298 8299 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 8300 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 8301 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 8302 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 8303 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 8304 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 8305 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 8306 } 8307 } 8308 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8309 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8310 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8311 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8312 // 8313 // @code 8314 // typedef void fn(int); 8315 // fn f; 8316 // @endcode 8317 8318 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8319 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8320 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8321 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8322 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8323 Params.push_back(Param); 8324 } 8325 } else { 8326 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8327 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8328 } 8329 8330 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8331 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8332 8333 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8334 NewFD->addAttr( 8335 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8336 Context, 0)); 8337 8338 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8339 // because all functions have linkage. 8340 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8341 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8342 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8343 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8344 } 8345 8346 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8347 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8348 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8349 NewFD->addAttr( 8350 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8351 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8352 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8353 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8354 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8355 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8356 NewFD)) 8357 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8358 } 8359 8360 // Handle attributes. 8361 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8362 8363 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8364 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8365 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8366 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8367 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8368 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8369 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8370 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8371 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8372 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8373 } 8374 } 8375 8376 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8377 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8378 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 8379 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8380 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8381 8382 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8383 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8384 8385 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8386 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8387 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8388 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8389 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8390 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8391 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8392 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8393 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8394 8395 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8396 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8397 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8398 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8399 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8400 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8401 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8402 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8403 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8404 int DiagID = 8405 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8406 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8407 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8408 } 8409 } 8410 } else { 8411 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8412 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8413 // 8414 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8415 // 8416 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8417 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8418 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8419 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8420 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8421 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8422 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8423 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8424 8425 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8426 // argument list into our AST format. 8427 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8428 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8429 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8430 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8431 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8432 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8433 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8434 TemplateArgs); 8435 8436 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8437 8438 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8439 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8440 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8441 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8442 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8443 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8444 8445 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8446 } else { 8447 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8448 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8449 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8450 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8451 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8452 } 8453 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8454 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8455 // wrote something like: 8456 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8457 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8458 // friend void foo<>(int); 8459 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8460 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8461 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8462 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8463 } 8464 8465 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 8466 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 8467 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 8468 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 8469 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 8470 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 8471 if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 8472 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 8473 8474 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8475 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8476 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8477 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8478 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8479 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8480 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8481 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8482 TemplateArgs, 8483 InstantiationDependent))) { 8484 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8485 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8486 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8487 Previous)) 8488 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8489 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8490 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8491 && !isFriend) { 8492 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8493 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8494 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8495 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8496 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8497 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8498 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8499 : nullptr), 8500 Previous)) 8501 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8502 8503 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8504 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8505 // specialization (14.7.3) 8506 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8507 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8508 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8509 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8510 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8511 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8512 << SC 8513 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8514 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8515 8516 else 8517 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8518 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8519 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8520 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8521 } 8522 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8523 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8524 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8525 } 8526 8527 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8528 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8529 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8530 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8531 8532 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8533 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8534 8535 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8536 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8537 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8538 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8539 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8540 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8541 } 8542 8543 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8544 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8545 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8546 8547 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8548 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8549 : NewFD); 8550 8551 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 8552 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8553 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8554 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8555 8556 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8557 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8558 } 8559 8560 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8561 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8562 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8563 8564 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8565 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8566 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8567 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8568 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8569 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8570 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8571 : nullptr, 8572 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8573 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8574 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8575 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8576 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8577 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8578 DC->isDependentContext()) 8579 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8580 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8581 } 8582 8583 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8584 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8585 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8586 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8587 AddToScope }; 8588 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8589 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8590 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8591 8592 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8593 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8594 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8595 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8596 8597 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8598 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8599 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8600 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8601 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8602 // can actually do this check immediately. 8603 if (isFriend && 8604 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8605 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8606 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8607 // ignore these 8608 } else { 8609 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8610 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8611 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8612 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8613 // 8614 // class X { 8615 // void f() const; 8616 // }; 8617 // 8618 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8619 // 8620 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8621 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8622 // whether the parameter types are references). 8623 8624 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8625 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8626 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8627 return Result; 8628 } 8629 } 8630 8631 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8632 // to something. 8633 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8634 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8635 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8636 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8637 return Result; 8638 } 8639 } 8640 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8641 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8642 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8643 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8644 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8645 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8646 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8647 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8648 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8649 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8650 // generate them. 8651 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8652 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8653 } 8654 } 8655 8656 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8657 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8658 8659 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8660 8661 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8662 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8663 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8664 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8665 << NewFD; 8666 8667 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8668 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8669 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8670 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8671 EPI.Variadic = true; 8672 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8673 8674 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8675 NewFD->setType(R); 8676 } 8677 8678 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8679 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8680 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8681 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8682 8683 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8684 // marking the function. 8685 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8686 8687 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8688 // a pragma. 8689 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8690 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8691 8692 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8693 // the map of such variables. 8694 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8695 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8696 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8697 8698 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8699 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8700 8701 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8702 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8703 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8704 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 8705 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 8706 } 8707 8708 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8709 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8710 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8711 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8712 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8713 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8714 8715 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8716 } 8717 8718 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8719 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8720 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8721 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8722 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8723 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8724 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8725 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8726 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8727 } 8728 } 8729 8730 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8731 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8732 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8733 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8734 return FunctionTemplate; 8735 } 8736 } 8737 8738 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8739 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8740 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8741 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8742 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8743 D.setInvalidType(); 8744 } 8745 8746 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8747 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8748 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8749 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8750 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8751 : FixItHint()); 8752 D.setInvalidType(); 8753 } 8754 8755 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8756 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 8757 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8758 } 8759 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 8760 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8761 8762 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8763 // types. 8764 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8765 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8766 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8767 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8768 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8769 D.setInvalidType(); 8770 } 8771 } 8772 } 8773 } 8774 8775 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8776 8777 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8778 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8779 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8780 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8781 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8782 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8783 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8784 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8785 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8786 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8787 AddToScope = false; 8788 } 8789 8790 return NewFD; 8791 } 8792 8793 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 8794 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 8795 /// 8796 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 8797 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 8798 /// same declaration name. 8799 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 8800 /// belongs to. 8801 /// 8802 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 8803 // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for 8804 // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in 8805 // namespace scope. 8806 // 8807 // This allows to compile code like: 8808 // 8809 // void func(); 8810 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } }; 8811 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } }; 8812 // 8813 // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated. 8814 return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8815 D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() && 8816 D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None); 8817 } 8818 8819 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8820 /// 8821 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8822 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8823 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8824 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8825 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8826 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8827 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8828 /// 8829 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8830 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8831 /// 8832 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8833 /// 8834 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8835 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8836 LookupResult &Previous, 8837 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8838 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8839 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8840 8841 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8842 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8843 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8844 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8845 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8846 8847 bool Redeclaration = false; 8848 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8849 8850 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8851 // the same name, if appropriate. 8852 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8853 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8854 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8855 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8856 // function to the scope. 8857 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8858 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8859 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8860 Redeclaration = true; 8861 OldDecl = Candidate; 8862 } 8863 } else { 8864 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8865 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8866 case Ovl_Match: 8867 Redeclaration = true; 8868 break; 8869 8870 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8871 Redeclaration = true; 8872 break; 8873 8874 case Ovl_Overload: 8875 Redeclaration = false; 8876 break; 8877 } 8878 8879 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8880 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8881 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8882 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8883 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8884 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8885 if (Redeclaration) 8886 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8887 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8888 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8889 if (OverloadedDecl) 8890 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8891 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8892 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8893 } 8894 } 8895 } 8896 8897 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8898 if (!Redeclaration && 8899 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8900 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8901 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8902 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8903 Redeclaration = true; 8904 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8905 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8906 8907 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8908 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8909 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8910 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8911 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8912 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8913 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8914 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8915 } 8916 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8917 Redeclaration = false; 8918 OldDecl = nullptr; 8919 } 8920 } 8921 } 8922 } 8923 8924 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8925 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8926 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8927 // 8928 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8929 // definition of a static member function. 8930 // 8931 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8932 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8933 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8934 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8935 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8936 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8937 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8938 if (OldDecl) 8939 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8940 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8941 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8942 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8943 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8944 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8945 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8946 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8947 8948 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8949 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8950 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8951 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8952 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8953 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8954 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8955 8956 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8957 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8958 } 8959 } 8960 } 8961 8962 if (Redeclaration) { 8963 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8964 // merged. 8965 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8966 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8967 return Redeclaration; 8968 } 8969 8970 Previous.clear(); 8971 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8972 8973 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8974 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8975 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8976 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8977 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8978 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8979 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8980 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8981 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8982 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8983 } 8984 8985 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8986 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8987 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8988 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8989 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8990 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8991 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 8992 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 8993 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 8994 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 8995 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8996 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 8997 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 8998 } 8999 } 9000 9001 } else { 9002 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 9003 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 9004 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 9005 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 9006 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 9007 } 9008 } 9009 } 9010 9011 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 9012 9013 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9014 // C++-specific checks. 9015 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9016 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 9017 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 9018 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9019 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 9020 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 9021 9022 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 9023 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 9024 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 9025 DeclarationName Name 9026 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 9027 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 9028 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 9029 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 9030 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9031 return Redeclaration; 9032 } 9033 } 9034 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 9035 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 9036 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 9037 } 9038 9039 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 9040 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9041 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 9042 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 9043 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 9044 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 9045 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 9046 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9047 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 9048 } 9049 } 9050 } 9051 9052 if (Method->isStatic()) 9053 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 9054 } 9055 9056 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 9057 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 9058 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9059 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9060 return Redeclaration; 9061 } 9062 9063 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 9064 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 9065 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9066 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9067 return Redeclaration; 9068 } 9069 9070 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 9071 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 9072 // during delayed parsing anyway. 9073 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 9074 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 9075 9076 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 9077 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 9078 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 9079 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 9080 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 9081 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 9082 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 9083 // specification, that's OK. 9084 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 9085 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 9086 if (!T.isNull() && 9087 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 9088 NewFD->getType())) 9089 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 9090 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 9091 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 9092 } 9093 9094 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 9095 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 9096 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 9097 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 9098 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 9099 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 9100 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 9101 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 9102 << NewFD << R; 9103 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 9104 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9105 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 9106 } 9107 9108 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 9109 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 9110 // [is] part of the function type 9111 // 9112 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 9113 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 9114 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 9115 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 9116 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 9117 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 9118 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 9119 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 9120 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 9121 // restricted prior to C++17. 9122 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 9123 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 9124 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 9125 T = T->getPointeeType(); 9126 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 9127 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 9128 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9129 if (FPT->isNothrow(Context)) 9130 return true; 9131 return false; 9132 }; 9133 9134 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9135 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 9136 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 9137 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 9138 if (AnyNoexcept) 9139 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9140 diag::warn_cxx1z_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 9141 << NewFD; 9142 } 9143 9144 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 9145 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 9146 } 9147 return Redeclaration; 9148 } 9149 9150 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 9151 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 9152 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 9153 // constexpr is ill-formed. 9154 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 9155 // appear in a declaration of main. 9156 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 9157 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 9158 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9159 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 9160 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 9161 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9162 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 9163 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 9164 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 9165 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 9166 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 9167 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 9168 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 9169 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 9170 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 9171 } 9172 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 9173 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 9174 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 9175 FD->setConstexpr(false); 9176 } 9177 9178 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9179 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 9180 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 9181 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9182 return; 9183 } 9184 9185 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9186 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9187 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9188 9189 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9190 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 9191 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 9192 // implicit-return-zero rule. 9193 9194 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 9195 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9196 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9197 else { 9198 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 9199 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9200 if (RTRange.isValid()) 9201 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 9202 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 9203 } 9204 } else { 9205 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 9206 // set the flag which tells us that. 9207 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 9208 9209 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 9210 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9211 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9212 else { 9213 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 9214 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9215 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 9216 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 9217 : FixItHint()); 9218 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9219 } 9220 } 9221 9222 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 9223 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 9224 9225 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 9226 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 9227 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 9228 9229 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 9230 9231 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 9232 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 9233 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 9234 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 9235 } 9236 9237 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 9238 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 9239 // getting shifty. 9240 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 9241 HasExtraParameters = false; 9242 9243 if (HasExtraParameters) { 9244 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 9245 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9246 nparams = 3; 9247 } 9248 9249 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 9250 // if we had some location information about types. 9251 9252 QualType CharPP = 9253 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 9254 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 9255 9256 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 9257 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 9258 9259 bool mismatch = true; 9260 9261 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 9262 mismatch = false; 9263 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 9264 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 9265 // char const ** 9266 // char const * const * 9267 // char * const * 9268 9269 QualifierCollector qs; 9270 const PointerType* PT; 9271 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9272 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9273 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 9274 Context.CharTy)) { 9275 qs.removeConst(); 9276 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 9277 } 9278 } 9279 9280 if (mismatch) { 9281 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 9282 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 9283 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9284 } 9285 } 9286 9287 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9288 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 9289 } 9290 9291 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9292 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9293 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9294 } 9295 } 9296 9297 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9298 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9299 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9300 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9301 9302 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9303 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9304 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9305 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9306 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9307 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9308 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9309 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9310 9311 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9312 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9313 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9314 } 9315 } 9316 9317 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9318 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9319 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9320 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9321 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9322 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9323 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9324 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9325 // rules there don't matter.) 9326 const Expr *Culprit; 9327 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9328 return false; 9329 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9330 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9331 return true; 9332 } 9333 9334 namespace { 9335 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9336 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9337 class SelfReferenceChecker 9338 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9339 Sema &S; 9340 Decl *OrigDecl; 9341 bool isRecordType; 9342 bool isPODType; 9343 bool isReferenceType; 9344 9345 bool isInitList; 9346 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9347 9348 public: 9349 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9350 9351 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9352 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9353 isPODType = false; 9354 isRecordType = false; 9355 isReferenceType = false; 9356 isInitList = false; 9357 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9358 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9359 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9360 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9361 } 9362 } 9363 9364 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9365 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9366 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9367 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9368 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9369 if (!InitList) { 9370 Visit(E); 9371 return; 9372 } 9373 9374 // Track and increment the index here. 9375 isInitList = true; 9376 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9377 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9378 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9379 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9380 } 9381 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9382 } 9383 9384 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 9385 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9386 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9387 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9388 Expr *Base = E; 9389 bool ReferenceField = false; 9390 9391 // Get the field memebers used. 9392 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9393 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9394 if (!FD) 9395 return false; 9396 Fields.push_back(FD); 9397 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9398 ReferenceField = true; 9399 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9400 } 9401 9402 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9403 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9404 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9405 return false; 9406 9407 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9408 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9409 return true; 9410 9411 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9412 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9413 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9414 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9415 9416 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9417 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9418 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9419 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9420 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9421 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9422 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9423 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9424 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9425 return true; 9426 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9427 break; 9428 } 9429 9430 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9431 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9432 return true; 9433 } 9434 9435 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9436 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9437 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9438 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9439 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9440 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9441 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9442 return; 9443 } 9444 9445 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9446 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9447 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9448 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9449 return; 9450 } 9451 9452 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9453 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9454 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9455 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9456 return; 9457 } 9458 9459 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9460 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9461 return; 9462 } 9463 9464 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9465 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9466 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9467 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9468 return; 9469 } 9470 } 9471 9472 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9473 if (isInitList) { 9474 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9475 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9476 return; 9477 } 9478 9479 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9480 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9481 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9482 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9483 return; 9484 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9485 } 9486 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9487 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9488 return; 9489 } 9490 9491 Visit(E); 9492 } 9493 9494 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9495 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9496 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9497 if (isReferenceType) 9498 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9499 } 9500 9501 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9502 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9503 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9504 return; 9505 } 9506 9507 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9508 } 9509 9510 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9511 if (isInitList) { 9512 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9513 return; 9514 } 9515 9516 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9517 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9518 9519 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9520 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9521 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9522 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9523 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9524 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9525 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9526 Warn = false; 9527 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9528 } 9529 9530 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9531 if (Warn) 9532 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9533 return; 9534 } 9535 9536 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9537 // Visit that expression. 9538 Visit(Base); 9539 } 9540 9541 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9542 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9543 9544 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9545 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9546 9547 Visit(Callee); 9548 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9549 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9550 } 9551 9552 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9553 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9554 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9555 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9556 if (!isPODType) 9557 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9558 return; 9559 } 9560 9561 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9562 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9563 return; 9564 } 9565 9566 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9567 } 9568 9569 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9570 9571 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9572 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9573 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9574 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9575 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9576 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9577 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9578 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9579 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9580 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9581 return; 9582 } 9583 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9584 } 9585 9586 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9587 // Treat std::move as a use. 9588 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9589 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9590 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9591 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9592 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9593 return; 9594 } 9595 } 9596 } 9597 9598 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9599 } 9600 9601 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9602 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9603 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9604 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9605 return; 9606 } 9607 9608 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9609 } 9610 9611 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9612 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9613 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9614 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9615 Visit(E->getCond()); 9616 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9617 } 9618 9619 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9620 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9621 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9622 unsigned diag; 9623 if (isReferenceType) { 9624 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9625 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9626 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9627 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9628 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9629 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9630 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9631 } else { 9632 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9633 return; 9634 } 9635 9636 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9637 S.PDiag(diag) 9638 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9639 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9640 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9641 } 9642 }; 9643 9644 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9645 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9646 bool DirectInit) { 9647 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9648 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9649 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9650 return; 9651 9652 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9653 9654 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9655 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9656 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9657 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9658 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9659 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9660 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9661 return; 9662 9663 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9664 } 9665 } // end anonymous namespace 9666 9667 namespace { 9668 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 9669 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 9670 struct VarDeclOrName { 9671 VarDecl *VDecl; 9672 DeclarationName Name; 9673 9674 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 9675 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 9676 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 9677 } 9678 }; 9679 } // end anonymous namespace 9680 9681 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9682 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9683 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9684 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9685 Expr *Init) { 9686 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9687 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9688 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9689 9690 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 9691 9692 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9693 if (DirectInit) { 9694 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9695 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9696 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9697 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9698 } 9699 9700 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9701 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9702 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9703 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9704 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9705 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9706 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9707 << VN << Type << Range; 9708 return QualType(); 9709 } 9710 9711 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9712 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9713 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9714 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9715 << VN << Type << Range; 9716 return QualType(); 9717 } 9718 9719 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9720 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9721 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9722 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9723 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9724 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 9725 return QualType(); 9726 } 9727 9728 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9729 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9730 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9731 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9732 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9733 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9734 return QualType(); 9735 } 9736 Init = Result.get(); 9737 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9738 } 9739 9740 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 9741 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 9742 // is present, e has type cv A 9743 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 9744 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 9745 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 9746 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 9747 Type.getQualifiers()); 9748 9749 QualType DeducedType; 9750 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9751 if (!IsInitCapture) 9752 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9753 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9754 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9755 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9756 << VN 9757 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9758 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9759 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9760 else 9761 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9762 << VN << TSI->getType() 9763 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9764 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9765 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9766 } 9767 9768 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9769 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9770 // checks. 9771 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9772 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9773 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9774 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9775 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9776 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 9777 } 9778 9779 return DeducedType; 9780 } 9781 9782 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9783 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9784 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9785 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9786 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9787 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9788 // the initializer. 9789 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9790 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9791 return; 9792 } 9793 9794 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9795 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9796 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9797 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9798 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9799 return; 9800 } 9801 9802 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9803 if (!VDecl) { 9804 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9805 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9806 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9807 return; 9808 } 9809 9810 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9811 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9812 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9813 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9814 // TypoExpr. 9815 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9816 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9817 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9818 return; 9819 } 9820 Init = Res.get(); 9821 9822 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9823 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9824 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9825 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9826 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9827 return; 9828 } 9829 9830 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9831 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9832 9833 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9834 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9835 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9836 9837 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9838 // the previously declared type. 9839 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9840 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9841 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9842 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9843 } 9844 9845 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9846 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9847 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9848 return; 9849 } 9850 9851 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9852 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9853 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9854 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9855 return; 9856 } 9857 9858 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9859 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9860 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9861 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9862 return; 9863 } 9864 9865 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9866 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9867 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9868 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9869 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9870 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9871 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9872 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9873 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9874 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9875 return; 9876 } 9877 9878 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9879 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9880 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9881 AbstractVariableType)) 9882 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9883 } 9884 9885 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 9886 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 9887 // handle the situation. 9888 VarDecl *Def; 9889 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 9890 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 9891 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 9892 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 9893 return; 9894 9895 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9896 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9897 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9898 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9899 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9900 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9901 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9902 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9903 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9904 // 9905 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9906 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9907 // declaration with an initializer. 9908 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9909 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9910 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9911 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9912 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9913 << 0; 9914 return; 9915 } 9916 9917 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9918 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9919 9920 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9921 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9922 return; 9923 } 9924 } 9925 9926 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9927 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9928 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9929 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9930 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9931 return; 9932 } 9933 9934 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9935 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9936 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9937 9938 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9939 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9940 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9941 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9942 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9943 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9944 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9945 return; 9946 } 9947 Init = Result.get(); 9948 } 9949 9950 // Perform the initialization. 9951 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9952 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9953 // Handle errors like: int a({0}) 9954 if (CXXDirectInit && CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 1 && 9955 !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(VDecl->getType())) 9956 if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0))) { 9957 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens) 9958 << VDecl->getType() << CXXDirectInit->getSourceRange() 9959 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart()) 9960 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CXXDirectInit->getLocEnd()); 9961 Init = IList; 9962 CXXDirectInit = nullptr; 9963 } 9964 9965 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9966 InitializationKind Kind = 9967 DirectInit 9968 ? CXXDirectInit 9969 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9970 Init->getLocStart(), 9971 Init->getLocEnd()) 9972 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9973 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9974 Init->getLocStart()); 9975 9976 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9977 if (CXXDirectInit) 9978 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9979 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9980 9981 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9982 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9983 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9984 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9985 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9986 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9987 }); 9988 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9989 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9990 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9991 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9992 } 9993 } 9994 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9995 return; 9996 9997 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 9998 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 9999 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 10000 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 10001 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10002 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10003 return; 10004 } 10005 10006 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 10007 } 10008 10009 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 10010 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 10011 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 10012 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 10013 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 10014 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 10015 } 10016 10017 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 10018 // completed by the initializer. For example: 10019 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 10020 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 10021 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 10022 VDecl->setType(DclT); 10023 10024 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10025 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 10026 10027 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 10028 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 10029 10030 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 10031 // Although this code can still have problems: 10032 // id x = self.weakProp; 10033 // id y = self.weakProp; 10034 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 10035 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 10036 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 10037 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 10038 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 10039 Init->getLocStart())) 10040 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 10041 } 10042 10043 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 10044 // 10045 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 10046 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 10047 // full-expression. For instance, in: 10048 // 10049 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 10050 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 10051 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 10052 // 10053 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 10054 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 10055 false, 10056 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 10057 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10058 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10059 return; 10060 } 10061 Init = Result.get(); 10062 10063 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 10064 VDecl->setInit(Init); 10065 10066 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 10067 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 10068 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 10069 // C++ does not have this restriction. 10070 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10071 const Expr *Culprit; 10072 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 10073 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10074 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 10075 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 10076 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 10077 // constant expressions. 10078 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 10079 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 10080 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 10081 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 10082 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 10083 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10084 } 10085 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 10086 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 10087 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 10088 // 10089 // struct S { 10090 // static const int value = 17; 10091 // }; 10092 10093 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 10094 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 10095 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 10096 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 10097 // 10098 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 10099 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 10100 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10101 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 10102 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 10103 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 10104 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 10105 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 10106 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 10107 10108 // Do nothing on dependent types. 10109 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 10110 10111 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 10112 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 10113 // type. 10114 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 10115 10116 // Require constness. 10117 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 10118 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 10119 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10120 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10121 10122 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 10123 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10124 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 10125 SourceLocation Loc; 10126 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 10127 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 10128 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 10129 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 10130 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 10131 ; // Nothing to check. 10132 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 10133 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 10134 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10135 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 10136 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 10137 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10138 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10139 } else { 10140 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 10141 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 10142 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10143 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10144 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10145 } 10146 10147 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 10148 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 10149 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 10150 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 10151 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 10152 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 10153 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10154 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10155 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 10156 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10157 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10158 } else { 10159 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 10160 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10161 10162 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10163 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10164 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10165 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10166 } 10167 } 10168 10169 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 10170 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 10171 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 10172 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 10173 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10174 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 10175 10176 } else { 10177 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 10178 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10179 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10180 } 10181 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 10182 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 10183 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 10184 // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 10185 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 10186 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 10187 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 10188 // C++ rules. 10189 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 10190 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 10191 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 10192 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 10193 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 10194 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 10195 10196 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 10197 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10198 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10199 } 10200 10201 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 10202 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 10203 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 10204 // 10205 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 10206 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 10207 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 10208 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 10209 // special case code. 10210 10211 // C++ 8.5p11: 10212 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 10213 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 10214 // class type. 10215 if (CXXDirectInit) { 10216 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 10217 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10218 } else if (DirectInit) { 10219 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 10220 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 10221 } 10222 10223 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 10224 } 10225 10226 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 10227 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 10228 /// of sanity. 10229 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 10230 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 10231 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 10232 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10233 10234 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10235 if (!VD) return; 10236 10237 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10238 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 10239 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 10240 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 10241 10242 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10243 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 10244 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10245 return; 10246 } 10247 10248 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 10249 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 10250 10251 // Require a complete type. 10252 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 10253 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 10254 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10255 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10256 return; 10257 } 10258 10259 // Require a non-abstract type. 10260 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 10261 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10262 AbstractVariableType)) { 10263 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10264 return; 10265 } 10266 10267 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 10268 // though. 10269 } 10270 10271 /// Checks if an object of the given type can be initialized with parenthesized 10272 /// init-list. 10273 /// 10274 /// \param TargetType Type of object being initialized. 10275 /// 10276 /// The function is used to detect wrong initializations, such as 'int({0})'. 10277 /// 10278 bool Sema::canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(QualType TargetType) { 10279 return TargetType->isDependentType() || TargetType->isRecordType() || 10280 TargetType->getContainedAutoType(); 10281 } 10282 10283 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 10284 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10285 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 10286 if (!RealDecl) 10287 return; 10288 10289 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10290 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 10291 10292 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 10293 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10294 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 10295 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10296 return; 10297 } 10298 10299 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 10300 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 10301 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 10302 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 10303 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10304 return; 10305 } 10306 10307 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 10308 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 10309 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 10310 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 10311 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 10312 // member. 10313 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10314 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 10315 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 10316 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 10317 // a definition there. 10318 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) { 10319 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10320 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 10321 << Var->getDeclName(); 10322 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10323 return; 10324 } 10325 } else { 10326 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 10327 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10328 return; 10329 } 10330 } 10331 10332 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 10333 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 10334 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 10335 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 10336 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 10337 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 10338 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10339 return; 10340 } 10341 } 10342 10343 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 10344 // be initialized. 10345 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10346 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 10347 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 10348 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 10349 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10350 return; 10351 } 10352 10353 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10354 case VarDecl::Definition: 10355 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 10356 break; 10357 10358 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 10359 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 10360 // a declaration. 10361 // 10362 // Fall through 10363 10364 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10365 // It's only a declaration. 10366 10367 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10368 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10369 // object shall be complete. 10370 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10371 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10372 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10373 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10374 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10375 10376 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10377 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10378 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10379 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10380 AbstractVariableType)) 10381 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10382 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10383 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10384 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10385 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10386 } 10387 10388 return; 10389 10390 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10391 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10392 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10393 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10394 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10395 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10396 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10397 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10398 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10399 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10400 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10401 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10402 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10403 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10404 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10405 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10406 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10407 // NOTE: code such as the following 10408 // static struct s; 10409 // struct s { int a; }; 10410 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10411 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10412 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10413 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10414 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10415 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10416 } 10417 } 10418 10419 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10420 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10421 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10422 return; 10423 } 10424 10425 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10426 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10427 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10428 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10429 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10430 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10431 return; 10432 } 10433 10434 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10435 // definitions with reference type. 10436 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10437 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10438 << Var->getDeclName() 10439 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10440 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10441 return; 10442 } 10443 10444 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10445 // variable with dependent type. 10446 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10447 return; 10448 10449 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10450 return; 10451 10452 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10453 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10454 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10455 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10456 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10457 return; 10458 } 10459 } else { 10460 return; 10461 } 10462 10463 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10464 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10465 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10466 AbstractVariableType)) { 10467 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10468 return; 10469 } 10470 10471 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10472 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10473 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10474 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10475 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10476 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10477 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10478 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10479 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10480 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10481 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10482 if (const RecordType *Record 10483 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10484 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10485 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10486 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10487 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10488 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10489 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10490 } 10491 } 10492 10493 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10494 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10495 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10496 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10497 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10498 // type shall have a user-declared default 10499 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10500 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10501 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10502 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10503 // program is ill-formed. 10504 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10505 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10506 // default-initialized; [...]. 10507 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10508 InitializationKind Kind 10509 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10510 10511 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10512 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10513 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10514 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10515 else if (Init.get()) { 10516 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10517 // This is important for template substitution. 10518 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10519 } 10520 10521 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10522 } 10523 } 10524 10525 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10526 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10527 if (!D) 10528 return; 10529 10530 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10531 if (!VD) { 10532 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10533 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10534 return; 10535 } 10536 10537 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10538 10539 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10540 int Error = -1; 10541 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10542 case SC_None: 10543 break; 10544 case SC_Extern: 10545 Error = 0; 10546 break; 10547 case SC_Static: 10548 Error = 1; 10549 break; 10550 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10551 Error = 2; 10552 break; 10553 case SC_Auto: 10554 Error = 3; 10555 break; 10556 case SC_Register: 10557 Error = 4; 10558 break; 10559 } 10560 if (Error != -1) { 10561 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10562 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10563 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10564 } 10565 } 10566 10567 StmtResult 10568 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10569 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10570 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10571 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10572 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10573 // A range-based for statement of the form 10574 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10575 // is equivalent to 10576 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10577 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10578 10579 const char *PrevSpec; 10580 unsigned DiagID; 10581 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10582 getPrintingPolicy()); 10583 10584 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10585 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10586 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10587 10588 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10589 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10590 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10591 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10592 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10593 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10594 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10595 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10596 } 10597 10598 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10599 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10600 10601 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10602 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10603 // initialiser 10604 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10605 !var->hasInit()) { 10606 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10607 << 1 /*Init*/; 10608 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10609 return; 10610 } 10611 } 10612 10613 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10614 // local retaining variable. 10615 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10616 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10617 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10618 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10619 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10620 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10621 break; 10622 10623 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10624 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10625 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10626 break; 10627 } 10628 } 10629 10630 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10631 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10632 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10633 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10634 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10635 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10636 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10637 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10638 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10639 var->getLocation())) { 10640 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10641 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10642 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10643 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10644 10645 if (!prev) 10646 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10647 } 10648 10649 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 10650 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 10651 const Expr *CacheCulprit; 10652 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 10653 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 10654 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10655 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 10656 return *CacheHasConstInit; 10657 }; 10658 10659 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10660 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10661 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10662 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10663 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10664 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10665 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10666 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10667 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 10668 if (!checkConstInit()) { 10669 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10670 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10671 // initialization. 10672 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10673 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10674 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 10675 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10676 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10677 } 10678 } 10679 } 10680 10681 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10682 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10683 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10684 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10685 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10686 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10687 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10688 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10689 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10690 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10691 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10692 } else { 10693 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10694 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10695 } 10696 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10697 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10698 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10699 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10700 } 10701 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10702 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10703 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10704 10705 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10706 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10707 // attribute. 10708 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10709 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10710 CurInitSegLoc)); 10711 } 10712 10713 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10714 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10715 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 10716 // current module. 10717 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10718 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10719 return; 10720 } 10721 10722 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 10723 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 10724 10725 QualType type = var->getType(); 10726 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10727 10728 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10729 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10730 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10731 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10732 10733 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10734 // constructing this copy. 10735 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10736 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10737 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10738 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10739 ExprResult result 10740 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10741 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10742 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10743 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10744 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10745 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10746 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10747 } 10748 } 10749 } 10750 10751 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10752 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10753 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10754 10755 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10756 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10757 10758 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10759 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10760 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10761 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10762 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10763 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10764 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10765 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10766 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10767 Notes.clear(); 10768 } 10769 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10770 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10771 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10772 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10773 } 10774 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10775 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10776 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10777 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10778 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10779 } 10780 10781 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 10782 // were just diagnosed. 10783 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 10784 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 10785 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 10786 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 10787 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 10788 if (DiagErr) { 10789 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 10790 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 10791 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10792 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 10793 << attr->getRange(); 10794 } 10795 } 10796 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 10797 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10798 var->getLocation())) { 10799 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10800 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10801 // warned about them. 10802 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10803 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 10804 if (!checkConstInit()) 10805 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10806 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10807 } 10808 } 10809 } 10810 10811 // Require the destructor. 10812 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10813 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10814 10815 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 10816 // module. 10817 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10818 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10819 } 10820 10821 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10822 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10823 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10824 return true; 10825 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10826 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10827 return true; 10828 return false; 10829 } 10830 10831 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10832 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10833 void 10834 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10835 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10836 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10837 10838 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10839 if (!VD) 10840 return; 10841 10842 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 10843 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 10844 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 10845 } 10846 } 10847 10848 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10849 10850 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10851 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10852 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10853 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10854 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10855 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10856 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10857 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10858 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10859 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10860 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10861 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10862 } 10863 } 10864 } 10865 10866 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10867 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10868 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10869 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10870 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10871 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10872 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10873 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10874 } 10875 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 10876 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 10877 // static storage class. 10878 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() && 10879 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 10880 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 10881 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 10882 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10883 } 10884 } 10885 10886 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 10887 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 10888 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 10889 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 10890 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 10891 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 10892 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 10893 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { 10894 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 10895 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 10896 assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()); 10897 bool AllowedInit = false; 10898 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 10899 AllowedInit = 10900 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 10901 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 10902 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 10903 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 10904 if (!AllowedInit && 10905 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 10906 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10907 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 10908 10909 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 10910 if (AllowedInit) 10911 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 10912 AllowedInit = 10913 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 10914 10915 if (!AllowedInit) { 10916 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 10917 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 10918 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 10919 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10920 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10921 } 10922 } else { 10923 // This is a host-side global variable. Check that the initializer is 10924 // callable from the host side. 10925 const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr; 10926 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) { 10927 InitFn = CE->getConstructor(); 10928 } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) { 10929 InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee(); 10930 } 10931 if (InitFn) { 10932 CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn); 10933 if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) { 10934 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer) 10935 << InitFnTarget << InitFn; 10936 Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn; 10937 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10938 } 10939 } 10940 } 10941 } 10942 } 10943 10944 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10945 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10946 10947 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10948 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10949 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10950 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10951 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10952 // with a warning. 10953 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10954 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10955 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10956 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10957 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10958 10959 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10960 IsClassTemplateMember 10961 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10962 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10963 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10964 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10965 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10966 } 10967 } 10968 10969 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10970 // isn't exported with the variable. 10971 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10972 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10973 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10974 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10975 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10976 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10977 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10978 } else { 10979 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10980 << DLLAttr; 10981 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10982 } 10983 } 10984 10985 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10986 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10987 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10988 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10989 } 10990 } 10991 10992 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10993 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10994 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10995 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10996 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10997 10998 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10999 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 11000 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 11001 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 11002 11003 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 11004 // tag values. 11005 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 11006 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 11007 return; 11008 11009 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 11010 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 11011 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 11012 continue; 11013 } 11014 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 11015 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 11016 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11017 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 11018 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11019 continue; 11020 } 11021 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 11022 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11023 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 11024 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11025 continue; 11026 } 11027 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 11028 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 11029 MagicValue, 11030 I->getMatchingCType(), 11031 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 11032 I->getMustBeNull()); 11033 } 11034 } 11035 11036 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 11037 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11038 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 11039 11040 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 11041 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 11042 11043 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11044 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11045 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 11046 11047 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11048 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 11049 auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D); 11050 if (DD && !FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 11051 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 11052 11053 auto *Decomp = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 11054 if (Decomp && !FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 11055 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = Decomp; 11056 11057 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 11058 // declaration in the same group. 11059 auto *OtherDD = FirstDeclaratorInGroup; 11060 if (OtherDD == FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 11061 OtherDD = DD; 11062 if (OtherDD && FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && 11063 OtherDD != FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && 11064 !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 11065 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 11066 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 11067 << OtherDD->getSourceRange(); 11068 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 11069 } 11070 11071 Decls.push_back(D); 11072 } 11073 } 11074 11075 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 11076 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 11077 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 11078 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 11079 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11080 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 11081 } 11082 } 11083 11084 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 11085 } 11086 11087 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 11088 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 11089 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 11090 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 11091 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 11092 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 11093 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 11094 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 11095 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 11096 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 11097 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 11098 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 11099 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 11100 QualType Deduced; 11101 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 11102 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 11103 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11104 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 11105 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 11106 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 11107 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 11108 break; 11109 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 11110 if (!U.isNull()) { 11111 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 11112 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 11113 Deduced = U; 11114 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 11115 DeducedDecl = D; 11116 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 11117 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 11118 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 11119 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 11120 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 11121 << U << D->getDeclName() 11122 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 11123 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 11124 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11125 break; 11126 } 11127 } 11128 } 11129 } 11130 } 11131 11132 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 11133 11134 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 11135 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 11136 } 11137 11138 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 11139 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 11140 } 11141 11142 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11143 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 11144 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 11145 return; 11146 11147 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 11148 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 11149 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 11150 Group[0]->getLocation())) 11151 return; 11152 11153 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 11154 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 11155 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 11156 // additional declaration references: 11157 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 11158 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 11159 // 'struct S *pS;' 11160 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 11161 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 11162 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 11163 Group = Group.slice(1); 11164 } 11165 } 11166 11167 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 11168 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 11169 if (!Comments.empty() && 11170 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 11171 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 11172 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 11173 // 11174 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 11175 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 11176 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 11177 // ahead through comments. 11178 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 11179 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 11180 } 11181 } 11182 11183 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 11184 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 11185 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 11186 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 11187 11188 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 11189 11190 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 11191 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 11192 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 11193 SC = SC_Register; 11194 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11195 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 11196 SC = SC_Auto; 11197 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 11198 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11199 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 11200 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 11201 } 11202 11203 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11204 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 11205 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11206 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 11207 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 11208 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 11209 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 11210 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 11211 << 0; 11212 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 11213 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 11214 11215 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 11216 11217 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11218 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 11219 11220 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11221 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 11222 // parameter. 11223 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11224 11225 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 11226 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 11227 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 11228 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 11229 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 11230 } 11231 } 11232 11233 // Ensure we have a valid name 11234 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 11235 if (D.hasName()) { 11236 II = D.getIdentifier(); 11237 if (!II) { 11238 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 11239 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 11240 D.setInvalidType(true); 11241 } 11242 } 11243 11244 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 11245 if (II) { 11246 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 11247 ForRedeclaration); 11248 LookupName(R, S); 11249 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 11250 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 11251 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11252 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11253 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11254 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11255 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11256 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11257 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 11258 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11259 11260 // Recover by removing the name 11261 II = nullptr; 11262 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 11263 D.setInvalidType(true); 11264 } 11265 } 11266 } 11267 11268 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 11269 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 11270 // looking like class members in C++. 11271 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11272 D.getLocStart(), 11273 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 11274 parmDeclType, TInfo, 11275 SC); 11276 11277 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11278 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11279 11280 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 11281 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 11282 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 11283 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 11284 11285 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 11286 S->AddDecl(New); 11287 if (II) 11288 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 11289 11290 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 11291 11292 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11293 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11294 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 11295 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11296 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11297 11298 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11299 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 11300 } 11301 return New; 11302 } 11303 11304 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 11305 /// typedef. 11306 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 11307 SourceLocation Loc, 11308 QualType T) { 11309 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 11310 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 11311 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 11312 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 11313 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 11314 SC_None, nullptr); 11315 Param->setImplicit(); 11316 return Param; 11317 } 11318 11319 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 11320 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 11321 // will already have done so in the template itself. 11322 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 11323 return; 11324 11325 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11326 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 11327 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 11328 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 11329 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 11330 } 11331 } 11332 } 11333 11334 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 11335 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 11336 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 11337 return; 11338 11339 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11340 // threshold. 11341 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 11342 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 11343 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11344 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 11345 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 11346 } 11347 11348 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11349 // threshold. 11350 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11351 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 11352 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 11353 continue; 11354 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 11355 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11356 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 11357 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 11358 } 11359 } 11360 11361 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 11362 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 11363 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 11364 StorageClass SC) { 11365 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 11366 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 11367 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 11368 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 11369 11370 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 11371 11372 // Special cases for arrays: 11373 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 11374 // - otherwise, it's an error 11375 if (T->isArrayType()) { 11376 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 11377 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 11378 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 11379 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 11380 } 11381 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 11382 } else { 11383 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 11384 } 11385 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 11386 } 11387 11388 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 11389 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 11390 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 11391 11392 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 11393 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 11394 // the class has been completely parsed. 11395 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 11396 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11397 AbstractParamType)) 11398 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11399 11400 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 11401 // passed by reference. 11402 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 11403 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 11404 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 11405 Diag(NameLoc, 11406 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 11407 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 11408 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 11409 New->setType(T); 11410 } 11411 11412 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 11413 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 11414 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 11415 // an address space. 11416 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 11417 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 11418 // to be qualified with an address space. 11419 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 11420 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 11421 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11422 } 11423 } 11424 11425 return New; 11426 } 11427 11428 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 11429 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 11430 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 11431 11432 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 11433 // for a K&R function. 11434 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 11435 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 11436 --i; 11437 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 11438 SmallString<256> Code; 11439 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 11440 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 11441 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 11442 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11443 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11444 11445 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11446 // type. 11447 AttributeFactory attrs; 11448 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11449 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11450 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11451 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11452 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11453 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11454 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11455 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11456 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11457 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11458 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 11459 } 11460 } 11461 } 11462 } 11463 11464 Decl * 11465 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 11466 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11467 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11468 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 11469 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 11470 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 11471 11472 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 11473 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 11474 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 11475 } 11476 11477 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 11478 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 11479 } 11480 11481 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 11482 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11483 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 11484 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11485 return false; 11486 11487 // Or declarations that aren't global. 11488 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 11489 return false; 11490 11491 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 11492 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11493 return false; 11494 11495 // Don't warn about 'main'. 11496 if (FD->isMain()) 11497 return false; 11498 11499 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11500 if (FD->isInlined()) 11501 return false; 11502 11503 // Don't warn about function templates. 11504 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11505 return false; 11506 11507 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11508 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11509 return false; 11510 11511 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11512 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11513 return false; 11514 11515 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11516 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11517 return false; 11518 11519 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11520 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11521 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11522 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11523 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11524 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11525 continue; 11526 11527 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11528 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11529 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11530 break; 11531 } 11532 11533 return MissingPrototype; 11534 } 11535 11536 void 11537 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11538 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11539 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11540 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 11541 // was an extern inline function. 11542 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11543 if (!Definition) 11544 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11545 return; 11546 11547 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11548 return; 11549 11550 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11551 // a template, skip the new definition. 11552 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11553 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 11554 Definition->isInlined() || 11555 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 11556 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 11557 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11558 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11559 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 11560 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 11561 FD->getLocation()); 11562 return; 11563 } 11564 11565 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 11566 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 11567 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 11568 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 11569 else 11570 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 11571 11572 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11573 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11574 } 11575 11576 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 11577 Sema &S) { 11578 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 11579 11580 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 11581 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 11582 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 11583 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 11584 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 11585 11586 if (LCD == LCD_None) 11587 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 11588 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 11589 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 11590 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 11591 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 11592 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 11593 11594 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 11595 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 11596 11597 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11598 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11599 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11600 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11601 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11602 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11603 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11604 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11605 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11606 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11607 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11608 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11609 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11610 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11611 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11612 11613 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11614 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11615 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11616 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11617 } else { 11618 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11619 } 11620 ++I; 11621 } 11622 } 11623 11624 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 11625 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11626 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 11627 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 11628 11629 if (!D) 11630 return D; 11631 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 11632 11633 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 11634 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11635 else 11636 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 11637 11638 // See if this is a redefinition. 11639 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 11640 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 11641 11642 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 11643 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 11644 return D; 11645 } 11646 11647 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 11648 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 11649 // this function. 11650 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 11651 11652 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11653 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11654 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11655 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11656 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11657 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11658 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11659 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11660 // have the LSI properly restored. 11661 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11662 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 11663 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11664 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11665 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11666 } 11667 else 11668 // Enter a new function scope 11669 PushFunctionScope(); 11670 11671 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11672 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11673 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11674 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11675 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11676 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11677 } 11678 } 11679 11680 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11681 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11682 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11683 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11684 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11685 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11686 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11687 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11688 11689 if (FnBodyScope) 11690 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11691 11692 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11693 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 11694 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11695 11696 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 11697 // scope. 11698 if (FnBodyScope) { 11699 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 11700 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 11701 if (!NonParmDecl) 11702 continue; 11703 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 11704 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 11705 11706 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 11707 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 11708 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11709 11710 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11711 // accessible in this scope. 11712 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 11713 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11714 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11715 } 11716 } 11717 } 11718 11719 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11720 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 11721 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11722 11723 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11724 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11725 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11726 11727 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11728 } 11729 } 11730 11731 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11732 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11733 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11734 11735 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11736 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11737 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11738 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11739 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11740 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11741 return D; 11742 } 11743 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11744 // a function template). 11745 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11746 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11747 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11748 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11749 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11750 11751 return D; 11752 } 11753 11754 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11755 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11756 /// optimization. 11757 /// 11758 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11759 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11760 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11761 /// use the named return value optimization. 11762 /// 11763 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11764 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11765 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11766 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11767 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11768 11769 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11770 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11771 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11772 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11773 } 11774 } 11775 } 11776 11777 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11778 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11779 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11780 return false; 11781 11782 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11783 // return type (yet). 11784 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 11785 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11786 // we can still delay parsing it. 11787 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11788 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11789 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11790 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11791 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11792 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11793 } 11794 } 11795 return false; 11796 } 11797 11798 return true; 11799 } 11800 11801 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11802 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11803 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11804 // rest of the file. 11805 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11806 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11807 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11808 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11809 return false; 11810 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11811 } 11812 11813 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11814 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11815 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11816 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11817 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11818 return Decl; 11819 } 11820 11821 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11822 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11823 } 11824 11825 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11826 bool IsInstantiation) { 11827 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11828 11829 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11830 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11831 11832 if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11833 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11834 11835 if (FD) { 11836 FD->setBody(Body); 11837 11838 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 11839 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 11840 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11841 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11842 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11843 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11844 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11845 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11846 << FD->getReturnType(); 11847 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11848 } else { 11849 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11850 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11851 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11852 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11853 } 11854 } 11855 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11856 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 11857 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 11858 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11859 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11860 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11861 11862 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11863 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11864 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11865 QualType RetType = 11866 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11867 11868 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11869 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11870 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11871 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11872 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11873 } 11874 } 11875 11876 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11877 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11878 // is the first declaration. 11879 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11880 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11881 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11882 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11883 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11884 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11885 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11886 } 11887 11888 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11889 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11890 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11891 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11892 11893 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11894 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11895 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11896 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11897 11898 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11899 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11900 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11901 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 11902 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 11903 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11904 11905 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11906 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11907 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11908 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11909 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11910 11911 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11912 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11913 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11914 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11915 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11916 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11917 } 11918 11919 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11920 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11921 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11922 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11923 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11924 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11925 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11926 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11927 11928 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11929 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11930 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11931 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11932 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11933 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11934 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11935 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11936 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11937 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11938 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11939 } 11940 } 11941 11942 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 11943 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 11944 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 11945 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 11946 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 11947 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 11948 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 11949 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 11950 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 11951 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 11952 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11953 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.castAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 11954 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 1; 11955 } 11956 } 11957 11958 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11959 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11960 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11961 MD->isVirtual() && 11962 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11963 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11964 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11965 if (FD->isInlined() && 11966 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11967 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11968 11969 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11970 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11971 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11972 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11973 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11974 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11975 } else { 11976 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11977 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11978 } 11979 } 11980 } 11981 11982 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11983 "Function parsing confused"); 11984 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11985 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11986 MD->setBody(Body); 11987 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11988 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 11989 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 11990 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11991 11992 if (Body) 11993 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11994 } 11995 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11996 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11997 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11998 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11999 } 12000 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 12001 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 12002 bool isDesignated = 12003 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 12004 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 12005 (void)isDesignated; 12006 12007 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 12008 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 12009 if (!IFace) 12010 return false; 12011 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 12012 if (!SuperD) 12013 return false; 12014 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 12015 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 12016 }; 12017 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 12018 // of NSObject. 12019 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 12020 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12021 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 12022 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 12023 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 12024 } 12025 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 12026 } 12027 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 12028 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 12029 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 12030 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12031 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 12032 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 12033 } 12034 } else { 12035 return nullptr; 12036 } 12037 12038 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 12039 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 12040 12041 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 12042 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 12043 "handled in the block above."); 12044 12045 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 12046 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 12047 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 12048 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 12049 // Verify this. 12050 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 12051 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 12052 12053 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 12054 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 12055 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 12056 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 12057 12058 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 12059 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 12060 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 12061 12062 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 12063 Destructor->getParent()); 12064 } 12065 12066 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12067 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12068 // deletion in some later function. 12069 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 12070 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 12071 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12072 } 12073 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 12074 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 12075 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 12076 // enabled. 12077 ActivePolicy = &WP; 12078 } 12079 12080 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12081 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 12082 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 12083 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12084 12085 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 12086 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 12087 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 12088 // require prologue. 12089 bool RegisterVariables = false; 12090 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 12091 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 12092 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 12093 RegisterVariables = 12094 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 12095 if (!RegisterVariables) 12096 break; 12097 } 12098 } 12099 } 12100 if (RegisterVariables) 12101 continue; 12102 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 12103 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 12104 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12105 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12106 break; 12107 } 12108 } 12109 } 12110 12111 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 12112 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 12113 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 12114 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 12115 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 12116 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 12117 } 12118 12119 if (!IsInstantiation) 12120 PopDeclContext(); 12121 12122 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 12123 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12124 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12125 // deletion in some later function. 12126 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 12127 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12128 } 12129 12130 return dcl; 12131 } 12132 12133 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 12134 /// relevant Decl. 12135 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 12136 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 12137 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 12138 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 12139 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 12140 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 12141 12142 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 12143 if (Method->isStatic()) 12144 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 12145 } 12146 12147 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 12148 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 12149 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 12150 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 12151 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 12152 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 12153 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 12154 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 12155 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 12156 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 12157 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12158 return ExternCPrev; 12159 } 12160 12161 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 12162 unsigned diag_id; 12163 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 12164 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 12165 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 12166 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 12167 else 12168 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 12169 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 12170 12171 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 12172 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 12173 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 12174 TypoCorrection Corrected; 12175 if (S && 12176 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 12177 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 12178 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 12179 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 12180 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 12181 } 12182 12183 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 12184 const char *Dummy; 12185 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 12186 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 12187 unsigned DiagID; 12188 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 12189 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 12190 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 12191 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 12192 SourceLocation NoLoc; 12193 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 12194 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 12195 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 12196 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12197 /*Params=*/nullptr, 12198 /*NumParams=*/0, 12199 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 12200 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 12201 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 12202 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 12203 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12204 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12205 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12206 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 12207 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 12208 EST_None, 12209 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 12210 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 12211 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 12212 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 12213 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 12214 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 12215 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, 12216 Loc, Loc, D), 12217 DS.getAttributes(), 12218 SourceLocation()); 12219 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 12220 12221 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 12222 12223 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 12224 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12225 12226 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 12227 FD->setImplicit(); 12228 12229 CurContext = PrevDC; 12230 12231 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 12232 12233 return FD; 12234 } 12235 12236 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 12237 /// the declaration of this function. 12238 /// 12239 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 12240 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 12241 /// like NSLog or printf. 12242 /// 12243 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 12244 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 12245 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 12246 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12247 return; 12248 12249 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 12250 // actual attributes. 12251 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12252 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 12253 unsigned FormatIdx; 12254 bool HasVAListArg; 12255 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 12256 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 12257 const char *fmt = "printf"; 12258 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 12259 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 12260 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 12261 fmt = "NSString"; 12262 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12263 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 12264 FormatIdx+1, 12265 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12266 FD->getLocation())); 12267 } 12268 } 12269 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 12270 HasVAListArg)) { 12271 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12272 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12273 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 12274 FormatIdx+1, 12275 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12276 FD->getLocation())); 12277 } 12278 12279 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 12280 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 12281 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 12282 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 12283 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 12284 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12285 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12286 } 12287 12288 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 12289 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 12290 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12291 FD->getLocation())); 12292 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 12293 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12294 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 12295 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12296 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12297 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12298 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 12299 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 12300 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 12301 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 12302 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 12303 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 12304 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 12305 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12306 else 12307 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12308 } 12309 } 12310 12311 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 12312 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 12313 // across. 12314 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 12315 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 12316 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12317 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 12318 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12319 } 12320 12321 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 12322 if (!Name) 12323 return; 12324 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12325 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 12326 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 12327 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 12328 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 12329 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 12330 // about. 12331 } else 12332 return; 12333 12334 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 12335 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 12336 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 12337 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12338 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12339 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 12340 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 12341 FD->getLocation())); 12342 } 12343 12344 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 12345 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 12346 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 12347 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 12348 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 12349 FD->getLocation())); 12350 } 12351 } 12352 12353 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 12354 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 12355 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 12356 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 12357 12358 if (!TInfo) { 12359 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 12360 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 12361 } 12362 12363 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 12364 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12365 D.getLocStart(), 12366 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 12367 D.getIdentifier(), 12368 TInfo); 12369 12370 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 12371 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 12372 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 12373 return NewTD; 12374 } 12375 12376 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 12377 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12378 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12379 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 12380 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12381 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12382 else 12383 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 12384 } 12385 12386 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 12387 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 12388 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 12389 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 12390 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 12391 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 12392 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 12393 case TST_enum: 12394 case TST_struct: 12395 case TST_interface: 12396 case TST_union: 12397 case TST_class: { 12398 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 12399 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 12400 break; 12401 } 12402 12403 default: 12404 break; 12405 } 12406 12407 return NewTD; 12408 } 12409 12410 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 12411 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 12412 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 12413 QualType T = TI->getType(); 12414 12415 if (T->isDependentType()) 12416 return false; 12417 12418 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 12419 if (BT->isInteger()) 12420 return false; 12421 12422 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 12423 return true; 12424 } 12425 12426 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 12427 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 12428 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 12429 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 12430 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 12431 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 12432 12433 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 12434 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 12435 << Prev->isScoped(); 12436 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12437 return true; 12438 } 12439 12440 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 12441 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 12442 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 12443 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 12444 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 12445 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 12446 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 12447 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 12448 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 12449 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 12450 return true; 12451 } 12452 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 12453 ; 12454 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 12455 ; 12456 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 12457 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 12458 << Prev->isFixed(); 12459 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12460 return true; 12461 } 12462 12463 return false; 12464 } 12465 12466 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 12467 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 12468 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 12469 /// 12470 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 12471 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 12472 switch (Tag) { 12473 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 12474 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 12475 case TTK_Class: return 2; 12476 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 12477 } 12478 } 12479 12480 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 12481 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 12482 /// 12483 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 12484 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 12485 { 12486 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 12487 } 12488 12489 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 12490 TagTypeKind TTK) { 12491 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12492 return NTK_Typedef; 12493 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12494 return NTK_TypeAlias; 12495 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12496 return NTK_Template; 12497 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12498 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 12499 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12500 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 12501 switch (TTK) { 12502 case TTK_Struct: 12503 case TTK_Interface: 12504 case TTK_Class: 12505 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 12506 case TTK_Union: 12507 return NTK_NonUnion; 12508 case TTK_Enum: 12509 return NTK_NonEnum; 12510 } 12511 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 12512 } 12513 12514 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 12515 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 12516 /// 12517 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 12518 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 12519 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 12520 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 12521 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 12522 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 12523 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 12524 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 12525 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 12526 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 12527 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 12528 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 12529 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 12530 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 12531 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 12532 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 12533 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 12534 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 12535 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 12536 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 12537 if (OldTag == NewTag) 12538 return true; 12539 12540 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 12541 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 12542 bool isTemplate = false; 12543 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 12544 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12545 12546 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 12547 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 12548 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 12549 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12550 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12551 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12552 return true; 12553 } 12554 12555 if (isDefinition) { 12556 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 12557 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 12558 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12559 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 12560 return true; 12561 } 12562 12563 bool previousMismatch = false; 12564 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 12565 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 12566 if (!previousMismatch) { 12567 previousMismatch = true; 12568 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 12569 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12570 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 12571 } 12572 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12573 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 12574 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 12575 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 12576 } 12577 } 12578 return true; 12579 } 12580 12581 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 12582 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 12583 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 12584 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 12585 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 12586 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 12587 return true; 12588 } 12589 12590 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12591 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12592 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12593 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12594 12595 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 12596 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12597 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12598 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 12599 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 12600 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 12601 } 12602 12603 return true; 12604 } 12605 return false; 12606 } 12607 12608 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 12609 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 12610 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 12611 /// namespace N { 12612 /// struct X; 12613 /// namespace M { 12614 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 12615 /// } 12616 /// } 12617 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 12618 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12619 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 12620 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 12621 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 12622 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 12623 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12624 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 12625 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 12626 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 12627 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 12628 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 12629 return FixItHint(); 12630 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 12631 Namespaces.push_back(II); 12632 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 12633 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 12634 if (Lookup == Namespace) 12635 break; 12636 } 12637 12638 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 12639 // build an NNS. 12640 SmallString<64> Insertion; 12641 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 12642 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 12643 OS << "::"; 12644 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 12645 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 12646 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 12647 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 12648 } 12649 12650 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 12651 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 12652 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 12653 /// using-declaration). 12654 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 12655 DeclContext *NewDC) { 12656 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 12657 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 12658 12659 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 12660 return true; 12661 12662 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 12663 // encloses the other). 12664 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 12665 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 12666 return true; 12667 12668 return false; 12669 } 12670 12671 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 12672 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 12673 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 12674 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 12675 /// 12676 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 12677 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 12678 /// 12679 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 12680 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 12681 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 12682 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12683 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12684 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12685 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12686 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12687 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12688 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12689 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12690 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12691 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12692 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12693 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12694 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12695 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12696 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12697 12698 OwnedDecl = false; 12699 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12700 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12701 12702 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 12703 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 12704 bool Invalid = false; 12705 12706 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12707 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12708 // for non-C++ cases. 12709 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12710 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12711 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12712 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12713 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12714 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12715 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12716 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12717 return nullptr; 12718 } 12719 12720 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12721 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12722 // be a member of another template). 12723 12724 if (Invalid) 12725 return nullptr; 12726 12727 OwnedDecl = false; 12728 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12729 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12730 TemplateParams, AS, 12731 ModulePrivateLoc, 12732 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12733 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12734 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12735 SkipBody); 12736 return Result.get(); 12737 } else { 12738 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12739 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12740 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12741 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 12742 } 12743 } 12744 } 12745 12746 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12747 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12748 // redeclaration. 12749 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12750 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12751 12752 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12753 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12754 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12755 // type, default to int. 12756 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12757 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12758 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12759 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12760 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12761 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12762 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12763 12764 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12765 // Recover by falling back to int. 12766 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12767 12768 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12769 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12770 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12771 12772 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12773 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12774 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12775 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12776 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12777 } 12778 } 12779 } 12780 12781 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12782 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12783 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12784 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 12785 12786 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12787 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12788 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12789 12790 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12791 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12792 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12793 12794 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12795 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12796 Name = nullptr; 12797 goto CreateNewDecl; 12798 } 12799 12800 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12801 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12802 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12803 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12804 if (!DC) { 12805 IsDependent = true; 12806 return nullptr; 12807 } 12808 } else { 12809 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 12810 if (!DC) { 12811 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 12812 << SS.getRange(); 12813 return nullptr; 12814 } 12815 } 12816 12817 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12818 return nullptr; 12819 12820 SearchDC = DC; 12821 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12822 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 12823 12824 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12825 return nullptr; 12826 12827 if (Previous.empty()) { 12828 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 12829 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 12830 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 12831 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 12832 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 12833 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 12834 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 12835 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12836 IsDependent = true; 12837 return nullptr; 12838 } 12839 12840 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 12841 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 12842 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 12843 Name = nullptr; 12844 Invalid = true; 12845 goto CreateNewDecl; 12846 } 12847 } else if (Name) { 12848 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 12849 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 12850 // name different from T: 12851 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 12852 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12853 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 12854 return nullptr; 12855 12856 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 12857 // declaration or definition. 12858 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 12859 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 12860 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 12861 LookupName(Previous, S); 12862 12863 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 12864 // by types using'ed into this scope. 12865 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 12866 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 12867 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12868 while (F.hasNext()) { 12869 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12870 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 12871 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 12872 F.erase(); 12873 } 12874 F.done(); 12875 } 12876 12877 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 12878 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 12879 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 12880 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 12881 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 12882 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 12883 // 12884 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 12885 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 12886 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 12887 // 12888 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 12889 // semantic context? 12890 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12891 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12892 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12893 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 12894 while (F.hasNext()) { 12895 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12896 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12897 if (DC->isFileContext() && 12898 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 12899 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12900 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 12901 else 12902 F.erase(); 12903 } 12904 } 12905 F.done(); 12906 12907 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 12908 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 12909 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 12910 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12911 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12912 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12913 } 12914 } 12915 12916 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12917 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12918 return nullptr; 12919 12920 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12921 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12922 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12923 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12924 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12925 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12926 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12927 } 12928 } 12929 12930 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12931 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12932 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12933 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12934 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12935 Previous.clear(); 12936 } 12937 12938 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12939 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 12940 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12941 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12942 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12943 12944 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12945 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12946 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12947 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 12948 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12949 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 12950 isStdAlignValT = true; 12951 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 12952 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 12953 } 12954 } 12955 12956 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12957 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12958 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12959 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12960 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12961 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12962 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12963 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12964 12965 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12966 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12967 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12968 // 12969 // class-key identifier 12970 // 12971 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12972 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12973 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12974 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12975 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12976 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12977 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12978 // declaration. 12979 // 12980 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12981 // C structs and unions. 12982 // 12983 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12984 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12985 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12986 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12987 // 12988 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12989 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12990 // 12991 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12992 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12993 // lexical context, 12994 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 12995 12996 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12997 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12998 } else { 12999 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 13000 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 13001 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 13002 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 13003 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 13004 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13005 } 13006 13007 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 13008 // diagnose some problems. 13009 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 13010 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 13011 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 13012 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 13013 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13014 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13015 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 13016 } else { 13017 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 13018 LookupName(Previous, S); 13019 } 13020 } 13021 13022 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 13023 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 13024 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 13025 13026 if (!Previous.empty()) { 13027 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13028 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13029 13030 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 13031 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 13032 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 13033 // in C++. 13034 // 13035 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 13036 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 13037 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 13038 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 13039 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13040 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13041 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 13042 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 13043 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 13044 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 13045 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 13046 PrevDecl = Tag; 13047 Previous.clear(); 13048 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 13049 Previous.resolveKind(); 13050 } 13051 } 13052 } 13053 } 13054 13055 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 13056 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 13057 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 13058 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 13059 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 13060 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13061 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 13062 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 13063 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 13064 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 13065 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 13066 diag::note_using_decl_target); 13067 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 13068 << 0; 13069 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 13070 Previous.clear(); 13071 goto CreateNewDecl; 13072 } 13073 } 13074 13075 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13076 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 13077 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 13078 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 13079 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 13080 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13081 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 13082 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 13083 // struct or something similar. 13084 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 13085 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 13086 Name)) { 13087 bool SafeToContinue 13088 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 13089 Kind != TTK_Enum); 13090 if (SafeToContinue) 13091 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 13092 << Name 13093 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 13094 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 13095 else 13096 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 13097 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13098 13099 if (SafeToContinue) 13100 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 13101 else { 13102 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 13103 Name = nullptr; 13104 Previous.clear(); 13105 Invalid = true; 13106 } 13107 } 13108 13109 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 13110 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 13111 13112 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 13113 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 13114 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13115 if (ScopedEnum) 13116 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 13117 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 13118 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 13119 return PrevTagDecl; 13120 } 13121 13122 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 13123 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13124 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 13125 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 13126 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 13127 13128 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 13129 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 13130 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 13131 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 13132 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 13133 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 13134 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 13135 } 13136 13137 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 13138 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 13139 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 13140 // and then later defined. 13141 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 13142 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 13143 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 13144 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13145 } 13146 13147 if (!Invalid) { 13148 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 13149 // we have attributes. 13150 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13151 if (Attr) { 13152 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 13153 // declaration to hold them. 13154 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 13155 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 13156 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 13157 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 13158 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 13159 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 13160 SS.isEmpty()) { 13161 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 13162 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 13163 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 13164 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 13165 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 13166 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 13167 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 13168 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 13169 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13170 return PrevTagDecl; 13171 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 13172 // that scope. 13173 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13174 } else { 13175 return PrevTagDecl; 13176 } 13177 } 13178 13179 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 13180 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13181 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 13182 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 13183 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 13184 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 13185 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 13186 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 13187 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 13188 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13189 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13190 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13191 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 13192 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 13193 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 13194 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 13195 } 13196 13197 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 13198 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13199 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 13200 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 13201 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 13202 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 13203 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 13204 // use it in place of this one. 13205 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 13206 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 13207 return Def; 13208 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 13209 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 13210 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 13211 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 13212 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 13213 else 13214 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 13215 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13216 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 13217 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 13218 // references get the previous definition. 13219 Name = nullptr; 13220 Previous.clear(); 13221 Invalid = true; 13222 } 13223 } else { 13224 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 13225 // about a nested redefinition. 13226 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 13227 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 13228 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 13229 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 13230 diag::note_previous_definition); 13231 Name = nullptr; 13232 Previous.clear(); 13233 Invalid = true; 13234 } 13235 } 13236 13237 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 13238 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 13239 } 13240 13241 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 13242 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 13243 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 13244 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13245 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 13246 AS = AS_none; 13247 } 13248 } 13249 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 13250 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 13251 13252 } else { 13253 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 13254 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 13255 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 13256 // have distinct types. 13257 Previous.clear(); 13258 } 13259 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 13260 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 13261 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 13262 13263 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 13264 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 13265 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 13266 } else { 13267 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 13268 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 13269 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 13270 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 13271 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 13272 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13273 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 13274 << Kind; 13275 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 13276 Invalid = true; 13277 13278 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 13279 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13280 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 13281 // do nothing 13282 13283 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 13284 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13285 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 13286 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 13287 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13288 Invalid = true; 13289 13290 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 13291 // case here. 13292 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13293 unsigned Kind = 0; 13294 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 13295 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 13296 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 13297 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13298 Invalid = true; 13299 13300 // Otherwise, diagnose. 13301 } else { 13302 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 13303 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 13304 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 13305 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13306 Name = nullptr; 13307 Invalid = true; 13308 } 13309 13310 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 13311 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 13312 Previous.clear(); 13313 } 13314 } 13315 13316 CreateNewDecl: 13317 13318 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13319 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 13320 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13321 13322 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13323 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13324 // keyword. 13325 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13326 13327 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 13328 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 13329 // PrevDecl. 13330 TagDecl *New; 13331 13332 bool IsForwardReference = false; 13333 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13334 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13335 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 13336 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13337 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 13338 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13339 13340 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 13341 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13342 13343 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 13344 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 13345 TagDecl *Def; 13346 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 13347 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 13348 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 13349 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 13350 } 13351 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 13352 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 13353 << New; 13354 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13355 } else { 13356 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 13357 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13358 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 13359 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13360 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 13361 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 13362 13363 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 13364 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 13365 // the declaration context. 13366 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 13367 IsForwardReference = true; 13368 } 13369 } 13370 13371 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13372 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13373 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13374 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13375 else 13376 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 13377 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13378 } 13379 } else { 13380 // struct/union/class 13381 13382 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13383 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 13384 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13385 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 13386 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13387 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13388 13389 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 13390 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 13391 } else 13392 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13393 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13394 } 13395 13396 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 13397 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 13398 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13399 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 13400 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13401 Invalid = true; 13402 } 13403 13404 // Maybe add qualifier info. 13405 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13406 if (SS.isSet()) { 13407 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 13408 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 13409 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 13410 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 13411 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 13412 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 13413 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 13414 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 13415 Invalid = true; 13416 13417 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 13418 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 13419 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 13420 } 13421 } 13422 else 13423 Invalid = true; 13424 } 13425 13426 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13427 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 13428 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13429 // 13430 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13431 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 13432 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13433 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13434 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13435 // parsing of the struct). 13436 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13437 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13438 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13439 } 13440 } 13441 13442 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 13443 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 13444 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 13445 << 2 13446 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 13447 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 13448 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 13449 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 13450 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13451 New->setModulePrivate(); 13452 } 13453 13454 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 13455 // check the specialization. 13456 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 13457 Invalid = true; 13458 13459 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 13460 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 13461 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 13462 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 13463 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 13464 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13465 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 13466 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 13467 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 13468 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 13469 << Name; 13470 Invalid = true; 13471 } 13472 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 13473 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13474 } 13475 } 13476 13477 if (Invalid) 13478 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13479 13480 if (Attr) 13481 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13482 13483 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 13484 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 13485 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13486 13487 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 13488 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 13489 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 13490 // the tag name visible. 13491 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 13492 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 13493 13494 // Set the access specifier. 13495 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 13496 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 13497 13498 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 13499 New->startDefinition(); 13500 13501 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13502 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13503 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 13504 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 13505 if (PrevDecl) 13506 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 13507 13508 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13509 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13510 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 13511 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 13512 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 13513 } else if (Name) { 13514 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13515 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 13516 if (IsForwardReference) 13517 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13518 } else { 13519 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13520 } 13521 13522 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 13523 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 13524 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 13525 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 13526 II->isStr("FILE")) 13527 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 13528 13529 if (PrevDecl) 13530 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 13531 13532 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13533 // record. 13534 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 13535 13536 OwnedDecl = true; 13537 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 13538 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 13539 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13540 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 13541 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 13542 RD->completeDefinition(); 13543 return nullptr; 13544 } else { 13545 return New; 13546 } 13547 } 13548 13549 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13550 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13551 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13552 13553 // Enter the tag context. 13554 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 13555 13556 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 13557 13558 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13559 // record. 13560 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 13561 } 13562 13563 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 13564 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 13565 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 13566 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 13567 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 13568 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 13569 CurContext = OCD; 13570 return IDecl; 13571 } 13572 13573 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13574 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 13575 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 13576 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 13577 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13578 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 13579 13580 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 13581 13582 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 13583 return; 13584 13585 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 13586 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 13587 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 13588 13589 // C++ [class]p2: 13590 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 13591 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 13592 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 13593 // as if it were a public member name. 13594 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 13595 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 13596 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 13597 Record->getIdentifier(), 13598 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 13599 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 13600 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 13601 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 13602 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 13603 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 13604 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 13605 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 13606 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 13607 "Broken injected-class-name"); 13608 } 13609 13610 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13611 SourceRange BraceRange) { 13612 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13613 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13614 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 13615 13616 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13617 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13618 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 13619 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13620 RD->completeDefinition(); 13621 } 13622 13623 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 13624 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 13625 13626 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 13627 PopDeclContext(); 13628 13629 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13630 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 13631 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 13632 13633 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 13634 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 13635 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 13636 } 13637 13638 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 13639 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 13640 PopDeclContext(); 13641 } 13642 13643 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13644 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 13645 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 13646 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 13647 } 13648 13649 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13650 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 13651 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 13652 } 13653 13654 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13655 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13656 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13657 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 13658 13659 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13660 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13661 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13662 RD->completeDefinition(); 13663 } 13664 13665 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 13666 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 13667 // the FieldCollector. 13668 13669 PopDeclContext(); 13670 } 13671 13672 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 13673 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 13674 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 13675 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 13676 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 13677 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 13678 if (ZeroWidth) 13679 *ZeroWidth = true; 13680 13681 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 13682 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 13683 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 13684 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 13685 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 13686 return ExprError(); 13687 if (FieldName) 13688 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 13689 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13690 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 13691 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13692 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 13693 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 13694 return ExprError(); 13695 13696 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13697 // it now. 13698 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13699 return BitWidth; 13700 13701 llvm::APSInt Value; 13702 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13703 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13704 return ICE; 13705 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13706 13707 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13708 *ZeroWidth = false; 13709 13710 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13711 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13712 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13713 13714 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13715 if (FieldName) 13716 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13717 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13718 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13719 << Value.toString(10); 13720 } 13721 13722 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13723 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13724 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13725 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13726 13727 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13728 // ABI. 13729 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13730 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13731 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13732 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13733 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13734 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13735 unsigned DiagWidth = 13736 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13737 if (FieldName) 13738 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13739 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13740 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13741 13742 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13743 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13744 << DiagWidth; 13745 } 13746 13747 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13748 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13749 // 'bool'. 13750 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13751 if (FieldName) 13752 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13753 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13754 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13755 else 13756 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13757 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13758 } 13759 } 13760 13761 return BitWidth; 13762 } 13763 13764 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13765 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13766 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13767 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13768 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13769 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13770 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13771 return Res; 13772 } 13773 13774 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13775 /// 13776 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13777 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13778 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13779 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13780 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13781 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 13782 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 13783 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 13784 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 13785 return nullptr; 13786 } 13787 13788 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13789 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13790 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13791 13792 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13793 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13794 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13795 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13796 13797 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13798 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13799 D.setInvalidType(); 13800 T = Context.IntTy; 13801 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13802 } 13803 } 13804 13805 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 13806 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 13807 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 13808 D.setInvalidType(); 13809 } 13810 13811 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 13812 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 13813 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 13814 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 13815 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 13816 D.setInvalidType(); 13817 } 13818 13819 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 13820 13821 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 13822 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 13823 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 13824 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13825 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13826 diag::err_invalid_thread) 13827 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13828 13829 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 13830 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13831 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 13832 LookupName(Previous, S); 13833 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 13834 case LookupResult::Found: 13835 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 13836 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 13837 break; 13838 13839 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 13840 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13841 break; 13842 13843 case LookupResult::NotFound: 13844 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 13845 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 13846 break; 13847 } 13848 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 13849 13850 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13851 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13852 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13853 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13854 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13855 } 13856 13857 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 13858 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13859 13860 bool Mutable 13861 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 13862 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 13863 FieldDecl *NewFD 13864 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 13865 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 13866 13867 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 13868 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13869 13870 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13871 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 13872 13873 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 13874 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 13875 // with the same name in the same scope. 13876 } else if (II) { 13877 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 13878 } else 13879 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 13880 13881 return NewFD; 13882 } 13883 13884 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 13885 /// 13886 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 13887 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 13888 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 13889 /// created. 13890 /// 13891 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 13892 /// 13893 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 13894 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 13895 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 13896 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 13897 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 13898 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13899 SourceLocation TSSL, 13900 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 13901 Declarator *D) { 13902 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 13903 bool InvalidDecl = false; 13904 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 13905 13906 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 13907 // marking this declaration as invalid. 13908 if (T.isNull()) { 13909 InvalidDecl = true; 13910 T = Context.IntTy; 13911 } 13912 13913 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 13914 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13915 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13916 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 13917 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13918 InvalidDecl = true; 13919 } else { 13920 NamedDecl *Def; 13921 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 13922 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 13923 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13924 InvalidDecl = true; 13925 } 13926 } 13927 } 13928 13929 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 13930 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13931 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 13932 InvalidDecl = true; 13933 } 13934 13935 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13936 // than a variably modified type. 13937 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13938 bool SizeIsNegative; 13939 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 13940 13941 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 13942 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 13943 SizeIsNegative, 13944 Oversized); 13945 if (FixedTInfo) { 13946 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 13947 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13948 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13949 } else { 13950 if (SizeIsNegative) 13951 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13952 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13953 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13954 << Oversized.toString(10); 13955 else 13956 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13957 InvalidDecl = true; 13958 } 13959 } 13960 13961 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13962 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13963 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13964 AbstractFieldType)) 13965 InvalidDecl = true; 13966 13967 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13968 if (InvalidDecl) 13969 BitWidth = nullptr; 13970 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13971 if (BitWidth) { 13972 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13973 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13974 if (!BitWidth) { 13975 InvalidDecl = true; 13976 BitWidth = nullptr; 13977 ZeroWidth = false; 13978 } 13979 } 13980 13981 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13982 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13983 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13984 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13985 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13986 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13987 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13988 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13989 13990 if (DiagID) { 13991 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13992 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13993 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13994 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13995 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13996 Mutable = false; 13997 InvalidDecl = true; 13998 } 13999 } 14000 } 14001 14002 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 14003 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 14004 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 14005 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 14006 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 14007 14008 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 14009 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 14010 if (InvalidDecl) 14011 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14012 14013 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14014 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14015 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14016 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14017 } 14018 14019 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14020 if (Record->isUnion()) { 14021 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14022 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14023 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14024 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 14025 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 14026 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 14027 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 14028 // objects. 14029 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 14030 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14031 } 14032 } 14033 14034 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 14035 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 14036 // enabled. 14037 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 14038 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 14039 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 14040 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 14041 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 14042 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 14043 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14044 } 14045 } 14046 } 14047 14048 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 14049 // representation, not a parser representation. 14050 if (D) { 14051 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 14052 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 14053 14054 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 14055 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 14056 } 14057 14058 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 14059 // retainable type. 14060 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 14061 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14062 14063 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 14064 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 14065 14066 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 14067 return NewFD; 14068 } 14069 14070 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 14071 assert(FD); 14072 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 14073 14074 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 14075 return false; 14076 14077 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14078 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14079 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14080 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14081 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 14082 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 14083 // copy constructors. 14084 14085 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 14086 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 14087 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 14088 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 14089 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 14090 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 14091 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 14092 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 14093 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 14094 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 14095 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 14096 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 14097 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 14098 member = CXXDestructor; 14099 14100 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 14101 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 14102 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 14103 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 14104 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 14105 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 14106 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 14107 // members unavailable. 14108 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 14109 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 14110 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 14111 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14112 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 14113 return false; 14114 } 14115 } 14116 14117 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 14118 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 14119 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 14120 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 14121 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 14122 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 14123 } 14124 } 14125 } 14126 14127 return false; 14128 } 14129 14130 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 14131 /// AST enum value. 14132 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 14133 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 14134 switch (ivarVisibility) { 14135 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 14136 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 14137 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 14138 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 14139 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 14140 } 14141 } 14142 14143 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 14144 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 14145 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 14146 SourceLocation DeclStart, 14147 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 14148 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 14149 14150 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 14151 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 14152 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 14153 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 14154 14155 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 14156 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 14157 14158 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 14159 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 14160 14161 if (BitWidth) { 14162 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 14163 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 14164 if (!BitWidth) 14165 D.setInvalidType(); 14166 } else { 14167 // Not a bitfield. 14168 14169 // validate II. 14170 14171 } 14172 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 14173 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 14174 D.setInvalidType(); 14175 } 14176 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14177 // than a variably modified type. 14178 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14179 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 14180 D.setInvalidType(); 14181 } 14182 14183 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 14184 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 14185 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 14186 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 14187 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 14188 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 14189 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 14190 return nullptr; 14191 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 14192 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14193 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14194 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 14195 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 14196 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 14197 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 14198 } 14199 else 14200 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14201 } else { 14202 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14203 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14204 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 14205 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 14206 return nullptr; 14207 } 14208 } 14209 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14210 } 14211 14212 // Construct the decl. 14213 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 14214 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 14215 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 14216 14217 if (II) { 14218 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 14219 ForRedeclaration); 14220 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 14221 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14222 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14223 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14224 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14225 } 14226 } 14227 14228 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 14229 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 14230 14231 if (D.isInvalidType()) 14232 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14233 14234 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 14235 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 14236 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14237 14238 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14239 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 14240 14241 if (II) { 14242 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 14243 // these to the interface. 14244 S->AddDecl(NewID); 14245 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 14246 } 14247 14248 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 14249 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 14250 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 14251 14252 return NewID; 14253 } 14254 14255 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 14256 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 14257 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 14258 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 14259 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 14260 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 14261 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 14262 return; 14263 14264 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 14265 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 14266 14267 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 14268 return; 14269 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 14270 if (!ID) { 14271 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 14272 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 14273 return; 14274 } 14275 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 14276 else 14277 return; 14278 } 14279 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 14280 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 14281 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 14282 14283 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 14284 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 14285 Context.CharTy, 14286 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 14287 DeclLoc), 14288 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 14289 true); 14290 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 14291 } 14292 14293 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 14294 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 14295 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 14296 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 14297 14298 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 14299 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 14300 // it will now change. 14301 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14302 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14303 switch (DC->getKind()) { 14304 default: break; 14305 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 14306 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14307 break; 14308 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 14309 Context. 14310 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14311 break; 14312 } 14313 } 14314 14315 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14316 14317 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 14318 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 14319 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 14320 if (Record) { 14321 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 14322 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 14323 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 14324 ++NumNamedMembers; 14325 } 14326 } 14327 14328 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 14329 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 14330 14331 bool ARCErrReported = false; 14332 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 14333 i != end; ++i) { 14334 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 14335 14336 // Get the type for the field. 14337 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 14338 14339 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 14340 // Remember all fields written by the user. 14341 RecFields.push_back(FD); 14342 } 14343 14344 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 14345 // diagnostics about it. 14346 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14347 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14348 continue; 14349 } 14350 14351 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 14352 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 14353 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 14354 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 14355 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 14356 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 14357 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 14358 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 14359 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 14360 // array. 14361 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 14362 // Field declared as a function. 14363 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 14364 << FD->getDeclName(); 14365 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14366 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14367 continue; 14368 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 14369 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 14370 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 14371 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 14372 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 14373 // Flexible array member. 14374 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 14375 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 14376 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 14377 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14378 if (Record->isUnion()) 14379 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14380 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 14381 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14382 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 14383 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 14384 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 14385 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14386 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 14387 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14388 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 14389 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 14390 14391 if (DiagID) 14392 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 14393 << Record->getTagKind(); 14394 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 14395 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 14396 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 14397 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 14398 // of the type. 14399 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 14400 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 14401 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 14402 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14403 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 14404 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 14405 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14406 14407 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 14408 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 14409 // 14410 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 14411 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 14412 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14413 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 14414 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 14415 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14416 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14417 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14418 continue; 14419 } 14420 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 14421 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14422 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 14423 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14424 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14425 // Incomplete type 14426 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14427 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14428 continue; 14429 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14430 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 14431 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 14432 // flexible array member. 14433 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14434 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 14435 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 14436 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 14437 // structures. 14438 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 14439 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 14440 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14441 else { 14442 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 14443 // other structs as an extension. 14444 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 14445 << FD->getDeclName(); 14446 } 14447 } 14448 } 14449 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 14450 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14451 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14452 AbstractIvarType)) { 14453 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 14454 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14455 } 14456 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14457 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14458 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 14459 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14460 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 14461 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 14462 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 14463 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 14464 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 14465 FD->setType(T); 14466 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 14467 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 14468 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 14469 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 14470 // so we just make the field unavailable. 14471 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 14472 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 14473 QualType T = FD->getType(); 14474 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 14475 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 14476 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 14477 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 14478 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 14479 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14480 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 14481 } 14482 } else { 14483 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 14484 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 14485 } 14486 ARCErrReported = true; 14487 } 14488 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 14489 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 14490 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 14491 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14492 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 14493 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14494 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 14495 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14496 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 14497 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14498 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14499 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14500 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 14501 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14502 } 14503 } 14504 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 14505 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14506 // Keep track of the number of named members. 14507 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 14508 ++NumNamedMembers; 14509 } 14510 14511 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 14512 if (Record) { 14513 bool Completed = false; 14514 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14515 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14516 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 14517 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 14518 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 14519 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 14520 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 14521 } 14522 14523 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 14524 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 14525 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 14526 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 14527 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 14528 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 14529 } 14530 14531 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14532 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 14533 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 14534 14535 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 14536 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 14537 // problem now. 14538 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 14539 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 14540 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 14541 14542 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 14543 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 14544 M != MEnd; ++M) { 14545 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 14546 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 14547 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 14548 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 14549 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 14550 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 14551 continue; 14552 14553 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 14554 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 14555 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 14556 // program is ill-formed. 14557 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 14558 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 14559 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 14560 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 14561 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 14562 OM = SO->second.begin(), 14563 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 14564 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 14565 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 14566 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 14567 14568 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14569 } 14570 } 14571 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 14572 Completed = true; 14573 } 14574 } 14575 } 14576 } 14577 14578 if (!Completed) 14579 Record->completeDefinition(); 14580 14581 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 14582 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14583 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 14584 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 14585 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) 14586 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 14587 } 14588 14589 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 14590 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 14591 14592 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 14593 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 14594 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 14595 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 14596 } 14597 14598 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 14599 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 14600 // compatibility problems. 14601 bool CheckForZeroSize; 14602 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14603 CheckForZeroSize = true; 14604 } else { 14605 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 14606 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 14607 CheckForZeroSize = 14608 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 14609 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 14610 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 14611 } 14612 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 14613 bool ZeroSize = true; 14614 bool IsEmpty = true; 14615 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 14616 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 14617 E = Record->field_end(); 14618 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 14619 IsEmpty = false; 14620 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 14621 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 14622 ZeroSize = false; 14623 } else { 14624 ++NonBitFields; 14625 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 14626 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 14627 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 14628 ZeroSize = false; 14629 } 14630 } 14631 14632 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 14633 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 14634 // extern "C" block. 14635 if (ZeroSize) { 14636 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 14637 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 14638 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 14639 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 14640 } 14641 14642 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 14643 // but are accepted by GCC. 14644 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14645 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 14646 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 14647 << Record->isUnion(); 14648 } 14649 } 14650 } else { 14651 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 14652 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 14653 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14654 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 14655 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 14656 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14657 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 14658 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14659 } 14660 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 14661 // duplicates. 14662 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 14663 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 14664 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14665 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14666 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 14667 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 14668 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 14669 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 14670 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 14671 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 14672 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14673 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14674 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14675 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14676 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 14677 // reported as errors elsewhere. 14678 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 14679 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 14680 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 14681 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 14682 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 14683 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14684 if (IDecl) { 14685 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 14686 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14687 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14688 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14689 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14690 continue; 14691 } 14692 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 14693 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 14694 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14695 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14696 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14697 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14698 continue; 14699 } 14700 } 14701 } 14702 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 14703 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14704 } 14705 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14706 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14707 } 14708 } 14709 14710 if (Attr) 14711 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 14712 } 14713 14714 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14715 /// the given type T. 14716 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14717 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14718 QualType T) { 14719 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14720 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14721 14722 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14723 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14724 --BitWidth; 14725 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14726 } 14727 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14728 } 14729 14730 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14731 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14732 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14733 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14734 // enum checking below. 14735 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14736 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14737 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14738 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14739 }; 14740 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14741 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14742 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14743 }; 14744 14745 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14746 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14747 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14748 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14749 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14750 return Types[I]; 14751 14752 return QualType(); 14753 } 14754 14755 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14756 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14757 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14758 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14759 Expr *Val) { 14760 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14761 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14762 QualType EltTy; 14763 14764 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14765 Val = nullptr; 14766 14767 if (Val) 14768 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14769 14770 if (Val) { 14771 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14772 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14773 else { 14774 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14776 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14777 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14778 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14779 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14780 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14781 ExprResult Converted = 14782 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14783 CCEK_Enumerator); 14784 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14785 Val = nullptr; 14786 else 14787 Val = Converted.get(); 14788 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14789 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14790 &EnumVal).get())) { 14791 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14792 } else { 14793 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14794 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14795 14796 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14797 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14798 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14799 // expression checking. 14800 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14801 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14802 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14803 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14804 } else 14805 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14806 } else 14807 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 14808 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 14809 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 14810 .get(); 14811 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14812 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 14813 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14814 // is the type of its initializing value: 14815 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 14816 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 14817 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14818 } else { 14819 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 14820 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 14821 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 14822 // representable as an int. 14823 14824 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 14825 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 14826 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14827 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 14828 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 14829 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 14830 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 14831 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14832 } 14833 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14834 } 14835 } 14836 } 14837 } 14838 14839 if (!Val) { 14840 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 14841 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14842 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 14843 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14844 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14845 // is the type of its initializing value: 14846 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 14847 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 14848 // 14849 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 14850 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 14851 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14852 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14853 } 14854 else { 14855 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 14856 } 14857 } else { 14858 // Assign the last value + 1. 14859 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14860 ++EnumVal; 14861 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 14862 14863 // Check for overflow on increment. 14864 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 14865 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14866 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14867 // is the type of its initializing value: 14868 // 14869 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 14870 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 14871 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 14872 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 14873 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 14874 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 14875 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 14876 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 14877 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 14878 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 14879 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14880 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 14881 ++EnumVal; 14882 if (Enum->isFixed()) 14883 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 14884 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 14885 << EnumVal.toString(10) 14886 << EltTy; 14887 else 14888 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 14889 << EnumVal.toString(10); 14890 } else { 14891 EltTy = T; 14892 } 14893 14894 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 14895 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 14896 // value, then increment. 14897 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14898 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14899 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14900 ++EnumVal; 14901 14902 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 14903 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 14904 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 14905 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 14906 // integral type. 14907 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 14908 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 14909 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14910 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14911 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 14912 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14913 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 14914 } 14915 } 14916 } 14917 14918 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14919 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 14920 // enumerator's type. 14921 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14922 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14923 } 14924 14925 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 14926 Val, EnumVal); 14927 } 14928 14929 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 14930 SourceLocation IILoc) { 14931 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 14932 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14933 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14934 14935 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 14936 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 14937 // skip the body. 14938 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14939 ForRedeclaration); 14940 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 14941 if (!PrevECD) 14942 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14943 14944 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 14945 NamedDecl *Hidden; 14946 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 14947 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 14948 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 14949 return Skip; 14950 } 14951 14952 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14953 } 14954 14955 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 14956 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 14957 AttributeList *Attr, 14958 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14959 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14960 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14961 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14962 14963 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14964 // we find one that is. 14965 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14966 14967 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14968 // scope. 14969 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14970 ForRedeclaration); 14971 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14972 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14973 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14974 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14975 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14976 } 14977 14978 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14979 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14980 // different from T: 14981 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14982 // enumerated type 14983 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14984 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14985 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14986 14987 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14988 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14989 if (!New) 14990 return nullptr; 14991 14992 if (PrevDecl) { 14993 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14994 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14995 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14996 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14997 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14998 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14999 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15000 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 15001 else 15002 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 15003 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15004 return nullptr; 15005 } 15006 } 15007 15008 // Process attributes. 15009 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 15010 15011 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 15012 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 15013 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 15014 15015 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 15016 15017 return New; 15018 } 15019 15020 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 15021 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 15022 // Element2 = Element1 15023 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 15024 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 15025 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 15026 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 15027 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 15028 if (!InitExpr) 15029 return true; 15030 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 15031 15032 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 15033 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 15034 return true; 15035 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 15036 if (!IL) 15037 return true; 15038 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 15039 return true; 15040 15041 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 15042 } 15043 15044 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 15045 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 15046 if (!DRE) 15047 return true; 15048 15049 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 15050 if (!EnumConstant) 15051 return true; 15052 15053 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 15054 Enum) 15055 return true; 15056 15057 return false; 15058 } 15059 15060 namespace { 15061 struct DupKey { 15062 int64_t val; 15063 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 15064 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 15065 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 15066 }; 15067 15068 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 15069 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 15070 false); 15071 } 15072 15073 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 15074 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 15075 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 15076 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 15077 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 15078 } 15079 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 15080 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 15081 LHS.val == RHS.val; 15082 } 15083 }; 15084 } // end anonymous namespace 15085 15086 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 15087 // a previous element has already been set to. 15088 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15089 EnumDecl *Enum, 15090 QualType EnumType) { 15091 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 15092 return; 15093 // Avoid anonymous enums 15094 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 15095 return; 15096 15097 // Only check for small enums. 15098 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 15099 return; 15100 15101 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 15102 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 15103 15104 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 15105 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 15106 ValueToVectorMap; 15107 15108 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 15109 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 15110 15111 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 15112 // an initialier. 15113 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15114 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15115 15116 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 15117 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 15118 if (!ECD) { 15119 return; 15120 } 15121 15122 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 15123 continue; 15124 15125 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15126 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15127 15128 // First time encountering this value. 15129 if (Entry.isNull()) 15130 Entry = ECD; 15131 } 15132 15133 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 15134 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15135 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15136 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 15137 continue; 15138 15139 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 15140 15141 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 15142 if (Entry.isNull()) 15143 continue; 15144 15145 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 15146 // Ensure constants are different. 15147 if (D == ECD) 15148 continue; 15149 15150 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 15151 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 15152 Vec->push_back(D); 15153 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15154 15155 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 15156 Entry = Vec; 15157 15158 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 15159 // diagnostics. 15160 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 15161 continue; 15162 } 15163 15164 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 15165 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 15166 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 15167 continue; 15168 15169 Vec->push_back(ECD); 15170 } 15171 15172 // Emit diagnostics. 15173 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 15174 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 15175 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 15176 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 15177 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 15178 15179 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 15180 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 15181 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 15182 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15183 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15184 ++I; 15185 15186 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 15187 // the same value. 15188 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 15189 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 15190 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 15191 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 15192 delete Vec; 15193 } 15194 } 15195 15196 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 15197 bool AllowMask) const { 15198 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 15199 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 15200 15201 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 15202 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 15203 15204 if (R.second) { 15205 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 15206 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 15207 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 15208 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 15209 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 15210 } 15211 } 15212 15213 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 15214 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 15215 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 15216 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 15217 // 15218 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 15219 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 15220 // likely a logic error. 15221 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 15222 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 15223 } 15224 15225 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 15226 Decl *EnumDeclX, 15227 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15228 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 15229 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 15230 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 15231 15232 if (Attr) 15233 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 15234 15235 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 15236 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15237 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15238 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15239 if (!ECD) continue; 15240 15241 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15242 } 15243 15244 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 15245 return; 15246 } 15247 15248 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 15249 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 15250 // emit a warning. 15251 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15252 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 15253 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 15254 15255 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 15256 // reverse the list. 15257 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 15258 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 15259 15260 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 15261 bool AllElementsInt = true; 15262 15263 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15264 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15265 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15266 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15267 15268 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15269 15270 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 15271 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 15272 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 15273 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 15274 else 15275 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 15276 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 15277 15278 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 15279 if (AllElementsInt) 15280 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 15281 } 15282 15283 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 15284 QualType BestType; 15285 unsigned BestWidth; 15286 15287 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 15288 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 15289 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 15290 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 15291 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 15292 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 15293 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 15294 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 15295 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 15296 QualType BestPromotionType; 15297 15298 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 15299 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 15300 // enum definitions. 15301 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 15302 Packed = true; 15303 15304 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15305 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15306 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 15307 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 15308 else 15309 BestPromotionType = BestType; 15310 15311 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 15312 } 15313 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 15314 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 15315 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 15316 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15317 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 15318 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 15319 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15320 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 15321 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 15322 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 15323 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15324 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 15325 BestType = Context.IntTy; 15326 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15327 } else { 15328 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 15329 15330 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 15331 BestType = Context.LongTy; 15332 } else { 15333 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15334 15335 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 15336 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 15337 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 15338 } 15339 } 15340 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 15341 } else { 15342 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 15343 // all of the enumerator values. 15344 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15345 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 15346 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 15347 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15348 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15349 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 15350 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 15351 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15352 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15353 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 15354 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 15355 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15356 BestPromotionType 15357 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15358 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 15359 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 15360 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 15361 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 15362 BestPromotionType 15363 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15364 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 15365 } else { 15366 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15367 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 15368 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 15369 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 15370 BestPromotionType 15371 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15372 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 15373 } 15374 } 15375 15376 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 15377 // the type of the enum if needed. 15378 for (auto *D : Elements) { 15379 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15380 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15381 15382 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 15383 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 15384 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 15385 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 15386 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 15387 15388 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 15389 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15390 15391 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 15392 // the enum decl type. 15393 QualType NewTy; 15394 unsigned NewWidth; 15395 bool NewSign; 15396 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15397 !Enum->isFixed() && 15398 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 15399 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 15400 NewWidth = IntWidth; 15401 NewSign = true; 15402 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 15403 // Already the right type! 15404 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15405 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15406 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15407 // enumeration. 15408 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15409 continue; 15410 } else { 15411 NewTy = BestType; 15412 NewWidth = BestWidth; 15413 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 15414 } 15415 15416 // Adjust the APSInt value. 15417 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 15418 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 15419 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 15420 15421 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 15422 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 15423 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 15424 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 15425 CK_IntegralCast, 15426 ECD->getInitExpr(), 15427 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 15428 VK_RValue)); 15429 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15430 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15431 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15432 // enumeration. 15433 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15434 else 15435 ECD->setType(NewTy); 15436 } 15437 15438 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 15439 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 15440 15441 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 15442 15443 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 15444 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 15445 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15446 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15447 15448 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15449 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 15450 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 15451 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 15452 << ECD << Enum; 15453 } 15454 } 15455 15456 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 15457 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 15458 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 15459 } 15460 15461 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 15462 SourceLocation StartLoc, 15463 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 15464 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 15465 15466 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 15467 AsmString, StartLoc, 15468 EndLoc); 15469 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15470 return New; 15471 } 15472 15473 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 15474 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 15475 bool FromInclude = false) { 15476 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 15477 15478 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 15479 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 15480 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 15481 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 15482 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 15483 break; 15484 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 15485 break; 15486 } 15487 DC = LSD->getParent(); 15488 } 15489 15490 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 15491 DC = DC->getParent(); 15492 15493 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 15494 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 15495 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 15496 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 15497 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 15498 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 15499 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 15500 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 15501 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 15502 << M->getFullModuleName(); 15503 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here); 15504 } 15505 } 15506 15507 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc, 15508 ModuleDeclKind MDK, 15509 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15510 // 'module implementation' requires that we are not compiling a module of any 15511 // kind. 'module' and 'module partition' require that we are compiling a 15512 // module inteface (not a module map). 15513 auto CMK = getLangOpts().getCompilingModule(); 15514 if (MDK == ModuleDeclKind::Implementation 15515 ? CMK != LangOptions::CMK_None 15516 : CMK != LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface) { 15517 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch) 15518 << (unsigned)MDK; 15519 return nullptr; 15520 } 15521 15522 // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl and return it. 15523 15524 // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than 15525 // here, in case we look ahead across something where the current 15526 // module matters (eg a #include). 15527 15528 // The dots in a module name in the Modules TS are a lie. Unlike Clang's 15529 // hierarchical module map modules, the dots here are just another character 15530 // that can appear in a module name. Flatten down to the actual module name. 15531 std::string ModuleName; 15532 for (auto &Piece : Path) { 15533 if (!ModuleName.empty()) 15534 ModuleName += "."; 15535 ModuleName += Piece.first->getName(); 15536 } 15537 15538 // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be 15539 // correct. 15540 if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() && 15541 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) { 15542 Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch) 15543 << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second) 15544 << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15545 return nullptr; 15546 } 15547 const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName; 15548 15549 auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap(); 15550 15551 switch (MDK) { 15552 case ModuleDeclKind::Module: { 15553 // FIXME: Check we're not in a submodule. 15554 15555 // We can't have imported a definition of this module or parsed a module 15556 // map defining it already. 15557 if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) { 15558 Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName; 15559 if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid()) 15560 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition); 15561 else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile()) 15562 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file) 15563 << FE->getName(); 15564 return nullptr; 15565 } 15566 15567 // Create a Module for the module that we're defining. 15568 Module *Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName); 15569 assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail"); 15570 15571 // Enter the semantic scope of the module. 15572 ActOnModuleBegin(ModuleLoc, Mod); 15573 return nullptr; 15574 } 15575 15576 case ModuleDeclKind::Partition: 15577 // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module. 15578 return nullptr; 15579 15580 case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation: 15581 std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc( 15582 PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second); 15583 15584 DeclResult Import = ActOnModuleImport(ModuleLoc, ModuleLoc, ModuleNameLoc); 15585 if (Import.isInvalid()) 15586 return nullptr; 15587 return ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Import.get()); 15588 } 15589 15590 llvm_unreachable("unexpected module decl kind"); 15591 } 15592 15593 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, 15594 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 15595 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15596 Module *Mod = 15597 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 15598 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 15599 if (!Mod) 15600 return true; 15601 15602 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 15603 15604 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15605 15606 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 15607 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 15608 // silently ignoring the import. 15609 // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we 15610 // warn on a redundant import of the current module? 15611 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && 15612 (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS)) 15613 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() 15614 ? diag::err_module_self_import 15615 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 15616 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15617 15618 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 15619 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 15620 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 15621 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 15622 // We need the length to be consistent. 15623 if (!ModCheck) 15624 break; 15625 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 15626 15627 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 15628 } 15629 15630 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15631 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc, 15632 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 15633 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15634 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 15635 TU->addDecl(Import); 15636 return Import; 15637 } 15638 15639 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15640 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15641 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15642 } 15643 15644 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15645 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 15646 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 15647 // implementation detail of us building the module. 15648 // 15649 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 15650 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 15651 TUKind == TU_Module && 15652 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 15653 15654 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 15655 15656 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 15657 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 15658 if (ShouldAddImport) { 15659 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15660 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15661 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 15662 DirectiveLoc); 15663 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15664 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 15665 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15666 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15667 } 15668 15669 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 15670 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15671 } 15672 15673 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15674 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15675 15676 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 15677 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 15678 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 15679 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 15680 15681 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15682 } 15683 15684 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EofLoc, Module *Mod) { 15685 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 15686 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 15687 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 15688 // is now out of date. 15689 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 15690 } 15691 15692 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 15693 "left the wrong module scope"); 15694 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 15695 15696 // We got to the end of processing a #include of a local module. Create an 15697 // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module. 15698 FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EofLoc); 15699 assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() && 15700 "end of submodule in main source file"); 15701 SourceLocation DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File); 15702 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15703 } 15704 15705 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 15706 Module *Mod) { 15707 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 15708 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 15709 return; 15710 15711 // Create the implicit import declaration. 15712 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15713 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15714 Loc, Mod, Loc); 15715 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15716 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15717 15718 // Make the module visible. 15719 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 15720 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 15721 } 15722 15723 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{' 15724 /// (if present). 15725 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, 15726 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 15727 ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc); 15728 15729 // C++ Modules TS draft: 15730 // An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one 15731 // export keyword. 15732 // 15733 // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another 15734 // export-declaration. 15735 if (D->isExported()) 15736 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export); 15737 15738 CurContext->addDecl(D); 15739 PushDeclContext(S, D); 15740 return D; 15741 } 15742 15743 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration. 15744 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 15745 auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D); 15746 if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) 15747 ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 15748 15749 // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including 15750 // anonymous namespace). 15751 15752 PopDeclContext(); 15753 return D; 15754 } 15755 15756 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15757 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15758 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15759 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15760 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15761 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 15762 LookupOrdinaryName); 15763 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 15764 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 15765 15766 // If a declaration that: 15767 // 1) declares a function or a variable 15768 // 2) has external linkage 15769 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 15770 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15771 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 15772 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 15773 else 15774 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 15775 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 15776 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 15777 } else 15778 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 15779 } 15780 15781 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15782 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15783 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15784 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 15785 15786 if (PrevDecl) { 15787 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 15788 } else { 15789 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15790 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 15791 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 15792 } 15793 } 15794 15795 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15796 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15797 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15798 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15799 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15800 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 15801 LookupOrdinaryName); 15802 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 15803 15804 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15805 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 15806 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15807 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 15808 } else { 15809 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15810 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 15811 } 15812 } 15813 15814 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 15815 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 15816 } 15817